Commit Graph

9316 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Alvaro Herrera 773df883e8 Support reloptions of enum type
All our current in core relation options of type string (not many,
admittedly) behave in reality like enums.  But after seeing an
implementation for enum reloptions, it's clear that strings are messier,
so introduce the new reloption type.  Switch all string options to be
enums instead.

Fortunately we have a recently introduced test module for reloptions, so
we don't lose coverage of string reloptions, which may still be used by
third-party modules.

Authors: Nikolay Shaplov, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov, Aleksandr Parfenov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/43332102.S2V5pIjXRx@x200m
2019-09-25 15:56:52 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera caba97a9d9 Split out recovery confing-writing code from pg_basebackup
... into a new file, fe_utils/recovery_gen.c.

This can later be used by pg_rewind.

Authors: Paul Guo, Jimmy Yih, Ashwin Agrawal.  A few tweaks by Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEET0ZEffUkXc48pg2iqARQgGRYDiiVxDu+yYek_bTwJF+q=Uw@mail.gmail.com
2019-09-25 14:35:24 -03:00
Michael Paquier 69f9410807 Allow definition of lock mode for custom reloptions
Relation options can define a lock mode other than AccessExclusiveMode
since 47167b7, but modules defining custom relation options did not
really have a way to enforce that.  Correct that by extending the
current API set so as modules can define a custom lock mode.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190920013831.GD1844@paquier.xyz
2019-09-25 10:13:52 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera 709d003fbd Rework WAL-reading supporting structs
The state-tracking of WAL reading in various places was pretty messy,
mostly because the ancient physical-replication WAL reading code wasn't
using the XLogReader abstraction.  This led to some untidy code.  Make
it prettier by creating two additional supporting structs,
WALSegmentContext and WALOpenSegment which keep track of WAL-reading
state.  This makes code cleaner, as well as supports more future
cleanup.

Author: Antonin Houska
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera and (older versions) Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
2019-09-24 16:39:53 -03:00
Fujii Masao 6d05086c0a Speedup truncations of relation forks.
When a relation is truncated, shared_buffers needs to be scanned
so that any buffers for the relation forks are invalidated in it.
Previously, shared_buffers was scanned for each relation forks, i.e.,
MAIN, FSM and VM, when VACUUM truncated off any empty pages
at the end of relation or TRUNCATE truncated the relation in place.
Since shared_buffers needed to be scanned multiple times,
it could take a long time to finish those commands especially
when shared_buffers was large.

This commit changes the logic so that shared_buffers is scanned only
one time for those three relation forks.

Author: Kirk Jamison
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Takayuki Tsunakawa and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D09B13F772D2274BB348A310EE3027C64E2067@g01jpexmbkw24
2019-09-24 17:31:26 +09:00
Andres Freund 30d1379658 Fix ExprState's tag to be of type NodeTag rather than Node.
This appears to have been an oversight in b8d7f053c5. As it's
effectively harmless, though confusing, only fix in master.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-09-23 15:28:13 -07:00
Tom Lane 5ac0d93600 Fix failure to zero-pad the result of bitshiftright().
If the bitstring length is not a multiple of 8, we'd shift the
rightmost bits into the pad space, which must be zeroes --- bit_cmp,
for one, depends on that.  This'd lead to the result failing to
compare equal to what it should compare equal to, as reported in
bug #16013 from Daryl Waycott.

This is, if memory serves, not the first such bug in the bitstring
functions.  In hopes of making it the last one, do a bit more work
than minimally necessary to fix the bug:

* Add assertion checks to bit_out() and varbit_out() to complain if
they are given incorrectly-padded input.  This will improve the
odds that manual testing of any new patch finds problems.

* Encapsulate the padding-related logic in macros to make it
easier to use.

Also, remove unnecessary padding logic from bit_or() and bitxor().
Somebody had already noted that we need not re-pad the result of
bit_and() since the inputs are required to be the same length,
but failed to extrapolate that to the other two.

Also, move a comment block that once was near the head of varbit.c
(but people kept putting other stuff in front of it), to put it in
the header block.

Note for the release notes: if anyone has inconsistent data as a
result of saving the output of bitshiftright() in a table, it's
possible to fix it with something like
UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);

This has been broken since day one, so back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16013-c2765b6996aacae9@postgresql.org
2019-09-22 17:45:59 -04:00
Tom Lane c160b8928c Straighten out leakproofness markings on text comparison functions.
Since we introduced the idea of leakproof functions, texteq and textne
were marked leakproof but their sibling text comparison functions were
not.  This inconsistency seemed justified because texteq/textne just
relied on memcmp() and so could easily be seen to be leakproof, while
the other comparison functions are far more complex and indeed can
throw input-dependent errors.

However, that argument crashed and burned with the addition of
nondeterministic collations, because now texteq/textne may invoke
the exact same varstr_cmp() infrastructure as the rest.  It makes no
sense whatever to give them different leakproofness markings.

After a certain amount of angst we've concluded that it's all right
to consider varstr_cmp() to be leakproof, mostly because the other
choice would be disastrous for performance of many queries where
leakproofness matters.  The input-dependent errors should only be
reachable for corrupt input data, or so we hope anyway; certainly,
if they are reachable in practice, we've got problems with requirements
as basic as maintaining a btree index on a text column.

Hence, run around to all the SQL functions that derive from varstr_cmp()
and mark them leakproof.  This should result in a useful gain in
flexibility/performance for queries in which non-leakproofness degrades
the efficiency of the query plan.

Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.
While this isn't an essential bug fix given the determination
that varstr_cmp() is leakproof, we might as well apply it now that
we've been forced into a post-beta4 catversion bump.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31481.1568303470@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-21 16:56:30 -04:00
Tom Lane 2810396312 Fix up handling of nondeterministic collations with pattern_ops opclasses.
text_pattern_ops and its siblings can't be used with nondeterministic
collations, because they use the text_eq operator which will not behave
as bitwise equality if applied with a nondeterministic collation.  The
initial implementation of that restriction was to insert a run-time test
in the related comparison functions, but that is inefficient, may throw
misleading errors, and will throw errors in some cases that would work.
It seems sufficient to just prevent the combination during CREATE INDEX,
so do that instead.

Lacking any better way to identify the opclasses involved, we need to
hard-wire tests for them, which requires hand-assigned values for their
OIDs, which forces a catversion bump because they previously had OIDs
that would be assigned automatically.  That's slightly annoying in the
v12 branch, but fortunately we're not at rc1 yet, so just do it.

Back-patch to v12 where nondeterministic collations were added.

In passing, run make reformat-dat-files, which found some unrelated
whitespace issues (slightly different ones in HEAD and v12).

Peter Eisentraut, with small corrections by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22566.1568675619@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-21 16:29:17 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 1a2983231d Split out code into new getKeyJsonValueFromContainer()
The new function stashes its output value in a JsonbValue that can be
passed in by the caller, which enables some of them to pass
stack-allocated structs -- saving palloc cycles.  It also allows some
callers that know they are handling a jsonb object to use this new jsonb
object-specific API, instead of going through generic container
findJsonbValueFromContainer.

Author: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c417f90-f95f-247e-ba63-d95e39c0ad14@postgrespro.ru
2019-09-20 20:18:11 -03:00
Alexander Korotkov 6cae9d2c10 Improve handling of NULLs in KNN-GiST and KNN-SP-GiST
This commit improves subject in two ways:

 * It removes ugliness of 02f90879e7, which stores distance values and null
   flags in two separate arrays after GISTSearchItem struct.  Instead we pack
   both distance value and null flag in IndexOrderByDistance struct.  Alignment
   overhead should be negligible, because we typically deal with at most few
   "col op const" expressions in ORDER BY clause.
 * It fixes handling of "col op NULL" expression in KNN-SP-GiST.  Now, these
   expression are not passed to support functions, which can't deal with them.
   Instead, NULL result is implicitly assumed.  It future we may decide to
   teach support functions to deal with NULL arguments, but current solution is
   bugfix suitable for backpatch.

Reported-by: Nikita Glukhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/826f57ee-afc7-8977-c44c-6111d18b02ec%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2019-09-19 21:48:39 +03:00
Fujii Masao 33a94bae60 Remove unused smgrdounlinkfork() function.
smgrdounlinkfork() became dead code as the result of commit ece01aae47,
but it was left in place just in case we want it someday. However no users
have appeared in 7 years, so it's time to remove this unused function.

Author: Kirk Jamison
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/D09B13F772D2274BB348A310EE3027C64E2067@g01jpexmbkw24
2019-09-18 21:05:33 +09:00
Tom Lane d5b90cd648 Fix bogus handling of XQuery regex option flags.
The SQL spec defers to XQuery to define what the option flags are
for LIKE_REGEX patterns.  XQuery says that:
* 's' allows the dot character to match newlines, which by
  default it will not;
* 'm' allows ^ and $ to match at newlines, not only at the
  start/end of the whole string.
Thus, these are *not* inverses as they are for the similarly-named
POSIX options, and neither one corresponds to the POSIX 'n' option.
Fortunately, Spencer's library does expose these two behaviors as
separately twiddlable flags, so we just have to fix the mapping from
JSP flag bits to REG flag bits.  I also chose to rename the symbol
for 's' to DOTALL, to make it clearer that it's not the inverse
of MLINE.

Also, XQuery says that if the 'q' flag "is used together with the m, s,
or x flag, that flag has no effect".  I read this as saying that 'q'
overrides the other flags; whoever wrote our code seems to have read
it backwards.

Lastly, while XQuery's 'x' flag is related to what Spencer's code
does for REG_EXPANDED, it's not the same or a subset.  It seems best
to treat XQuery's 'x' as unimplemented for now.  Maybe later we can
expand our regex code to offer 'x'-style parsing as a separate option.

While at it, refactor the jsonpath code so that (a) there's only
one copy of the flag transformation logic not two, and (b) the
processing of flags is independent of the order in which the flags
are written.

We need some documentation updates to go with this, but I'll
tackle that separately.

Back-patch to v12 where this code originated.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvDci4iqNF9fhRkTqhe-5_8HmzeLt56drH%2B_Rv2rNRqfg@mail.gmail.com
Reference: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-xpath-functions-31-20170321/#flags
2019-09-17 15:39:51 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov d589f94460 Support for FF1-FF6 datetime format patterns
SQL Standard 2016 defines FF1-FF9 format patters for fractions of seconds in
jsonpath .datetime() method and CAST (... FORMAT ...) SQL clause.  Parsing
engine of upcoming .datetime() method will be shared with to_date()/
to_timestamp().

This patch implements FF1-FF6 format patterns for upcoming jsonpath .datetime()
method.  to_date()/to_timestamp() functions will also get support of this
format patterns as positive side effect.  FF7-FF9 are not supported due to
lack of precision in our internal timestamp representation.

Extracted from original patch by Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov.
Heavily revised by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsZgYEra_PeCLGNoXOWYx6iU-S3wF8aX0ObQUcZU%2B4XTw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova, Peter Eisentraut
2019-09-16 21:14:32 +03:00
Noah Misch 87e9fae069 Revert "For all ppc compilers, implement pg_atomic_fetch_add_ with inline asm."
This reverts commit e7ff59686e.  It
defined pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32_impl() without defining
pg_atomic_compare_exchange_u32_impl(), which is incompatible with
src/include/port/atomics/fallback.h.  Per buildfarm member prairiedog.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7517.1568470247@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-14 19:38:41 -07:00
Noah Misch e7ff59686e For all ppc compilers, implement pg_atomic_fetch_add_ with inline asm.
This is more like how we handle s_lock.h and arch-x86.h.  This does not
materially affect code generation for gcc 7.2.0 or xlc 13.1.3.

Reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190831071157.GA3251746@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-09-13 19:34:30 -07:00
Noah Misch dd50f1a432 Replace xlc __fetch_and_add() with inline asm.
PostgreSQL has been unusable when built with xlc 13 and newer, which are
incompatible with our use of __fetch_and_add().  Back-patch to 9.5,
which introduced pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32().

Reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190831071157.GA3251746@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-09-13 19:34:06 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera ce5d04b646 Fix under-parenthesized macro definitions
Lack of parens in the definitions could cause a statement using these
macros to have unexpected semantics.  In current code no bug is
apparent, but best to fix the definitions to avoid problems down the
line.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19795.1568400476@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-13 16:26:55 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 6212276e43 Fix progress reporting of CLUSTER / VACUUM FULL
The progress state was being clobbered once the first index completed
being rebuilt, causing the final phases of the operation not show
anything in the progress view.  This was inadvertently broken in
03f9e5cba0, which added progress tracking for REINDEX.

(The reason this bugfix is this small is that I had already noticed this
problem when writing monitoring for CREATE INDEX, and had already worked
around it, as can be seen in discussion starting at
https://postgr.es/m/20190329150218.GA25010@alvherre.pgsql Fixing the
problem is just a matter of fixing one place touched by the REINDEX
monitoring.)

Reported by: Álvaro Herrera
Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801184333.GA21369@alvherre.pgsql
2019-09-13 14:54:26 -03:00
Peter Geoghegan 3b6b54f178 Fix nbtree page split rmgr desc routine.
Include newitemoff in rmgr desc output for nbtree page split records.
In passing, correct an obsolete comment that claimed that newitemoff is
only logged for _L variant nbtree page split WAL records.

Both issues were oversights in commit 2c03216d83, which revamped the
WAL format.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Backpatch: 9.5-, where the WAL format was revamped.
2019-09-12 15:45:08 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 614cdeaa89 Reorder two nbtree.h function prototypes.
Make the function prototype order consistent with the definition order
in nbtinsert.c.
2019-09-12 09:59:16 -07:00
Tom Lane 9a86f03b4e Rearrange postmaster's startup sequence for better syslogger results.
This is a second try at what commit 57431a911 tried to do, namely,
launch the syslogger before we open postmaster sockets so that our
messages about the sockets end up in the syslogger files.  That
commit fell foul of a bunch of subtle issues caused by trying to
launch a postmaster child process before creating shared memory.
Rather than messing with that interaction, let's postpone opening
the sockets till after we launch the syslogger.

This would not have been terribly safe before commit 7de19fbc0,
because we relied on socket opening to detect whether any competing
postmasters were using the same port number.  But now that we choose
IPC keys without regard to the port number, there's no interaction
to worry about.

Also delay creation of the external PID file (if requested) till after
the sockets are open, since external code could plausibly be relying
on that ordering of events.  And postpone most of the work of
RemovePgTempFiles() so that that potentially-slow processing still
happens after we make the external PID file.  We have to be a bit
careful about that last though: as noted in the discussion subsequent to
bug #15804, EXEC_BACKEND builds still have to clear the parameter-file
temp dir before launching the syslogger.

Patch by me; thanks to Michael Paquier for review/testing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15804-3721117bf40fb654@postgresql.org
2019-09-11 11:43:01 -04:00
Tomas Vondra d06215d03b Allow setting statistics target for extended statistics
When building statistics, we need to decide how many rows to sample and
how accurate the resulting statistics should be. Until now, it was not
possible to explicitly define statistics target for extended statistics
objects, the value was always computed from the per-attribute targets
with a fallback to the system-wide default statistics target.

That's a bit inconvenient, as it ties together the statistics target set
for per-column and extended statistics. In some cases it may be useful
to require larger sample / higher accuracy for extended statics (or the
other way around), but with this approach that's not possible.

So this commit introduces a new command, allowing to specify statistics
target for individual extended statistics objects, overriding the value
derived from per-attribute targets (and the system default).

  ALTER STATISTICS stat_name SET STATISTICS target_value;

When determining statistics target for an extended statistics object we
first look at this explicitly set value. When this value is -1, we fall
back to the old formula, looking at the per-attribute targets first and
then the system default. This means the behavior is backwards compatible
with older PostgreSQL releases.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618213357.vli3i23vpkset2xd@development
Reviewed-by: Kirk Jamison, Dean Rasheed
2019-09-11 00:25:51 +02:00
Andres Freund 27cc7cd2bc Reorder EPQ work, to fix rowmark related bugs and improve efficiency.
In ad0bda5d24 I changed the EvalPlanQual machinery to store
substitution tuples in slot, instead of using plain HeapTuples. The
main motivation for that was that using HeapTuples will be inefficient
for future tableams.  But it turns out that that conversion was buggy
for non-locking rowmarks - the wrong tuple descriptor was used to
create the slot.

As a secondary issue 5db6df0c0 changed ExecLockRows() to begin EPQ
earlier, to allow to fetch the locked rows directly into the EPQ
slots, instead of having to copy tuples around. Unfortunately, as Tom
complained, that forces some expensive initialization to happen
earlier.

As a third issue, the test coverage for EPQ was clearly insufficient.

Fixing the first issue is unfortunately not trivial: Non-locked row
marks were fetched at the start of EPQ, and we don't have the type
information for the rowmarks available at that point. While we could
change that, it's not easy. It might be worthwhile to change that at
some point, but to fix this bug, it seems better to delay fetching
non-locking rowmarks when they're actually needed, rather than
eagerly. They're referenced at most once, and in cases where EPQ
fails, might never be referenced. Fetching them when needed also
increases locality a bit.

To be able to fetch rowmarks during execution, rather than
initialization, we need to be able to access the active EPQState, as
that contains necessary data. To do so move EPQ related data from
EState to EPQState, and, only for EStates creates as part of EPQ,
reference the associated EPQState from EState.

To fix the second issue, change EPQ initialization to allow use of
EvalPlanQualSlot() to be used before EvalPlanQualBegin() (but
obviously still requiring EvalPlanQualInit() to have been done).

As these changes made struct EState harder to understand, e.g. by
adding multiple EStates, significantly reorder the members, and add a
lot more comments.

Also add a few more EPQ tests, including one that fails for the first
issue above. More is needed.

Reported-By: yi huang
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/CAHU7rYZo_C4ULsAx_LAj8az9zqgrD8WDd4hTegDTMM1LMqrBsg@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/24530.1562686693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 12-, where the EPQ changes were introduced
2019-09-09 05:14:11 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov 02f90879e7 Fix handling of NULL distances in KNN-GiST
In order to implement NULL LAST semantic GiST previously assumed distance to
the NULL value to be Inf.  However, our distance functions can return Inf and
NaN for non-null values.  In such cases, NULL LAST semantic appears to be
broken.  This commit fixes that by introducing separate array of null flags for
distances.

Backpatch to all supported versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsNvNdA0DBS%2BwMpFrgwT6C3-q50sFVGLSiuWnV3FqOJuQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2019-09-08 22:08:12 +03:00
Tom Lane ca70bdaefe Fix issues around strictness of SIMILAR TO.
As a result of some long-ago quick hacks, the SIMILAR TO operator
and the corresponding flavor of substring() interpreted "ESCAPE NULL"
as selecting the default escape character '\'.  This is both
surprising and not per spec: the standard is clear that these
functions should return NULL for NULL input.

Additionally, because of inconsistency of the strictness markings
of 3-argument substring() and similar_escape(), the planner could not
inline the SQL definition of substring(), resulting in a substantial
performance penalty compared to the underlying POSIX substring()
function.

The simplest fix for this would be to change the strictness marking
of similar_escape(), but if we do that we risk breaking existing views
that depend on that function.  Hence, leave similar_escape() as-is
as a compatibility function, and instead invent a new function
similar_to_escape() that comes in two strict variants.

There are a couple of other behaviors in this area that are also
not per spec, but they are documented and seem generally at least
as sane as the spec's definition, so leave them alone.  But improve
the documentation to describe them fully.

Patch by me; thanks to Álvaro Herrera and Andrew Gierth for review
and discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14047.1557708214@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-07 14:21:59 -04:00
Robert Haas bd124996ef Create an API for inserting and deleting rows in TOAST tables.
This moves much of the non-heap-specific logic from toast_delete and
toast_insert_or_update into a helper functions accessible via a new
header, toast_helper.h.  Using the functions in this module, a table
AM can implement creation and deletion of TOAST table rows with
much less code duplication than was possible heretofore.  Some
table AMs won't want to use the TOAST logic at all, but for those
that do this will make that easier.

Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-09-06 10:38:51 -04:00
Tom Lane 7de19fbc0b Use data directory inode number, not port, to select SysV resource keys.
This approach provides a much tighter binding between a data directory
and the associated SysV shared memory block (and SysV or named-POSIX
semaphores, if we're using those).  Key collisions are still possible,
but only between data directories stored on different filesystems,
so the situation should be negligible in practice.  More importantly,
restarting the postmaster with a different port number no longer
risks failing to identify a relevant shared memory block, even when
postmaster.pid has been removed.  A standalone backend is likewise
much more certain to detect conflicting leftover backends.

(In the longer term, we might now think about deprecating the port as
a cluster-wide value, so that one postmaster could support sockets
with varying port numbers.  But that's for another day.)

The hazards fixed here apply only on Unix systems; our Windows code
paths already use identifiers derived from the data directory path
name rather than the port.

src/test/recovery/t/017_shm.pl, which intends to test key-collision
cases, has been substantially rewritten since it can no longer use
two postmasters with identical port numbers to trigger the case.
Instead, use Perl's IPC::SharedMem module to create a conflicting
shmem segment directly.  The test script will be skipped if that
module is not available.  (This means that some older buildfarm
members won't run it, but I don't think that that results in any
meaningful coverage loss.)

Patch by me; thanks to Noah Misch and Peter Eisentraut for discussion
and review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16908.1557521200@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-09-05 13:31:46 -04:00
Robert Haas 8b94dab066 Split tuptoaster.c into three separate files.
detoast.c/h contain functions required to detoast a datum, partially
or completely, plus a few other utility functions for examining the
size of toasted datums.

toast_internals.c/h contain functions that are used internally to the
TOAST subsystem but which (mostly) do not need to be accessed from
outside.

heaptoast.c/h contains code that is intrinsically specific to the
heap AM, either because it operates on HeapTuples or is based on the
layout of a heap page.

detoast.c and toast_internals.c are placed in
src/backend/access/common rather than src/backend/access/heap.  At
present, both files still have dependencies on the heap, but that will
be improved in a future commit.

Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Prabhat Sabu, Thomas Munro,
Andres Freund, and Álvaro Herrera.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZv-=2iWM4jcw5ZhJeL18HF96+W1yJeYrnGMYdkFFnEpQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-09-05 13:15:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 74a308cf52 Use explicit_bzero
Use the explicit_bzero() function in places where it is important that
security information such as passwords is cleared from memory.  There
might be other places where it could be useful; this is just an
initial collection.

For platforms that don't have explicit_bzero(), provide various
fallback implementations.  (explicit_bzero() itself isn't standard,
but as Linux/glibc, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD have it, it's the most common
spelling, so it makes sense to make that the invocation point.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/42d26bde-5d5b-c90d-87ae-6cab875f73be%402ndquadrant.com
2019-09-05 08:30:42 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 25dcc9d35d Make XLogReaderInvalReadState static
This function is only used by xlogreader.c itself, so there's no need to
export it.  It was introduced by commit 3b02ea4f07 with the apparent
intention that it could be used externally, but I couldn't find any
external code calling it.

I (Álvaro) couldn't resist the urge to sort nearby function prototypes
properly while at it.

Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14984.1554998742@spoje.net
2019-09-03 17:41:43 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera fe66125974 Remove 'msg' parameter from convert_tuples_by_name
The message was included as a parameter when this function was added in
dcb2bda9b7, but I don't think it has ever served any useful purpose.
Let's stop spreading it pointlessly.

Reviewed by Amit Langote and Peter Eisentraut.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190806224728.GA17233@alvherre.pgsql
2019-09-03 14:47:29 -04:00
Michael Paquier 7dedfd22b7 Add overflow-safe math inline functions for unsigned integers
Similarly to the signed versions added in 4d6ad31, this adds a set of
inline functions for overflow checks with unsigned integers, including
uint16, uint32 and uint64.  This relies on compiler built-in overflow
checks by default if available.  The behavior of unsigned integers is
well-defined so the fallback implementations checks are simple for
additions and subtractions.  Multiplications avoid division-based checks
which are expensive if possible, still this can happen for uint64 if
128-bit integers are not available.

While on it, the code in common/int.h is reorganized to avoid too many
duplicated comments.  The new macros will be used in a follow-up patch.

All thanks to Andres Freund for the input provided.

Author: Fabien Coelho, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190830073423.GB2354@paquier.xyz
2019-09-02 09:38:23 +09:00
Thomas Munro 720b59b55b Avoid catalog lookups in RelationAllowsEarlyPruning().
RelationAllowsEarlyPruning() performed a catalog scan, but is used
in two contexts where that was a bad idea:

1.  In heap_page_prune_opt(), which runs very frequently in some large
    scans.  This caused major performance problems in a field report
    that was easy to reproduce.

2.  In TestForOldSnapshot(), which runs while we hold a buffer content
    lock.  It's not clear if this was guaranteed to be free of buffer
    deadlock risk.

The check was introduced in commit 2cc41acd8 and defended against a
real problem: 9.6's hash indexes have no page LSN and so we can't
allow early pruning (ie the snapshot-too-old feature).  We can remove
the check from all later releases though: hash indexes are now logged,
and there is no way to create UNLOGGED indexes on regular logged
tables.

If a future release allows such a combination, it might need to put
a similar check in place, but it'll need some more thought.

Back-patch to 10.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, who spotted the second problem
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKT8oTkp5jw_U4p0S-7UG9zsvtw_M47Y285bER6a2gD%2Bg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BWy%2BN4eE5zPm765h68LrkWc3Biu_8rzzi%2BOYX4j%2BiHRw%40mail.gmail.com
2019-08-28 16:18:29 +12:00
Tom Lane 348778ddbc Make comment in fmgr.h match the one in fmgr.c.
Incompletely quoting an API spec does nobody any good.  Noted by
Paul Jungwirth.  Looks like the discrepancy was my fault originally :-(

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+renyU_J8TU_d3Kr0PkuOgFbpypextendu7a+_d5NOfVdvDeA@mail.gmail.com
2019-08-26 14:32:48 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 091bd6befc Update comments on nbtree stack struct.
Adjust the struct comment that describes how page splits use their
descent stack to cascade up the tree from the leaf level.

In passing, fix up some unrelated nbtree comments that had typos or were
obsolete.
2019-08-21 13:50:27 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut c45643d618 Remove configure detection of crypt()
crypt() hasn't been needed since crypt detection was removed from
PostgreSQL, so these configure checks are not necessary.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/21f88934-f00c-27f6-a9d8-7ea06d317781%402ndquadrant.com
2019-08-21 21:36:54 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 8f75e8e446 Fix typo
In early development patches, "replication origins" were called "identifiers";
almost everything was renamed, but these references to the old terminology
went unnoticed.

Reported-by: Craig Ringer
2019-08-21 11:12:44 -04:00
Andres Freund 4c01a11103 Add fmgr.h include to selfuncs.h.
Necessary after fb3b098f. That previously escaped notice, because all
including sites already include fmgr.h some other way.

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17463.1566153454@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-19 12:51:38 -07:00
Michael Paquier c96581abe4 Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree, take 11
This fixes various typos in docs and comments, and removes some orphaned
definitions.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5da8e325-c665-da95-21e0-c8a99ea61fbf@gmail.com
2019-08-19 16:21:39 +09:00
Tom Lane 927f34ce8a Avoid conflicts with library versions of inet_net_ntop() and friends.
Prefix inet_net_ntop and sibling routines with "pg_" to ensure that
they aren't mistaken for C-library functions.  This fixes warnings
from cpluspluscheck on some platforms, and should help reduce reader
confusion everywhere, since our functions aren't exactly interchangeable
with the library versions (they may have different ideas about address
family codes).

This shouldn't be fixing any actual bugs, unless somebody's linker
is misbehaving, so no need to back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-18 19:27:23 -04:00
Tom Lane 232720be9b Fix incidental warnings from cpluspluscheck.
Remove use of "register" keyword in hashfn.c.  It's obsolescent
according to recent C++ compilers, and no modern C compiler pays
much attention to it either.

Also fix one cosmetic warning about signed vs unsigned comparison.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20518.1559494394@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-18 19:01:40 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut d78d452bc5 Improve Assert output
If an assertion expression contained a macro, the failed assertion
message would print the expanded macro, which is usually unhelpful and
confusing.  Restructure the Assert macros to not expand any macros
when constructing the failure message.

This also fixes that the existing output for Assert et al. shows
the *inverted* condition, which is also confusing and not how
assertions usually work.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6c68efe3-117a-dcc1-73d4-18ba1ec532e2%402ndquadrant.com
2019-08-17 12:50:50 +02:00
Andres Freund fb3b098fe8 Remove fmgr.h includes from headers that don't really need it.
Most of the fmgr.h includes were obsoleted by 352a24a1f9. A
few others can be obsoleted using the underlying struct type in an
implementation detail.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-08-16 10:35:31 -07:00
Andres Freund 6a04d345fd Don't include utils/array.h from acl.h.
For most uses of acl.h the details of how "Acl" internally looks like
are irrelevant. It might make sense to move a lot of the
implementation details into a separate header at a later point.

The main motivation of this change is to avoid including fmgr.h (via
array.h, which needs it for exposed structs) in a lot of files that
otherwise don't need it. A subsequent commit will remove the fmgr.h
include from a lot of files.

Directly include utils/array.h and utils/expandeddatum.h from the
files that need them, but previously included them indirectly, via
acl.h.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-08-16 10:33:30 -07:00
Andres Freund 0ae2dc4db2 Remove redundant prototypes for SQL callable functions.
These aren't needed after 352a24a1f9. The remaining prototypes are
not defined on the SQL level.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190803193733.g3l3x3o42uv4qj7l@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-08-16 10:17:32 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 9c02cf5661 Remove block number field from nbtree stack.
The initial value of the nbtree stack downlink block number field
recorded during an initial descent of the tree wasn't actually used.
Both _bt_getstackbuf() callers overwrote the value with their own value.

Remove the block number field from the stack struct, and add a child
block number argument to _bt_getstackbuf() in its place.  This makes the
overall design of _bt_getstackbuf() clearer.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Anastasia Lubennikova
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzmx+UbXt2YNOUCZ-a04VdXU=S=OHuAuD7Z8uQq-PXTYUg@mail.gmail.com
2019-08-14 11:32:35 -07:00
Michael Paquier 66bde49d96 Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree, take 10
This addresses some issues with unnecessary code comments, fixes various
typos in docs and comments, and removes some orphaned structures and
definitions.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9aabc775-5494-b372-8bcb-4dfc0bd37c68@gmail.com
2019-08-13 13:53:41 +09:00
Tom Lane 3c926587b5 Remove EState.es_range_table_array.
Now that list_nth is O(1), there's no good reason to maintain a
separate array of RTE pointers rather than indexing into
estate->es_range_table.  Deleting the array doesn't save all that
much either; but just on cleanliness grounds, it's better not to
have duplicate representations of the identical information.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/14960.1565384592@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-12 11:58:35 -04:00
Tom Lane 5ee190f8ec Rationalize use of list_concat + list_copy combinations.
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the result of list_concat no longer
shares the ListCells of the second input.  Therefore, we can replace
"list_concat(x, list_copy(y))" with just "list_concat(x, y)".

To improve call sites that were list_copy'ing the first argument,
or both arguments, invent "list_concat_copy()" which produces a new
list sharing no ListCells with either input.  (This is a bit faster
than "list_concat(list_copy(x), y)" because it makes the result list
the right size to start with.)

In call sites that were not list_copy'ing the second argument, the new
semantics mean that we are usually leaking the second List's storage,
since typically there is no remaining pointer to it.  We considered
inventing another list_copy variant that would list_free the second
input, but concluded that for most call sites it isn't worth worrying
about, given the relative compactness of the new List representation.
(Note that in cases where such leakage would happen, the old code
already leaked the second List's header; so we're only discussing
the size of the leak not whether there is one.  I did adjust two or
three places that had been troubling to free that header so that
they manually free the whole second List.)

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-12 11:20:18 -04:00
Tom Lane 1661a40505 Cosmetic improvements in setup of planner's per-RTE arrays.
Merge setup_append_rel_array into setup_simple_rel_arrays.  There's no
particularly good reason to keep them separate, and it's inconsistent
with the lack of separation in expand_planner_arrays.  The only apparent
benefit was that the fast path for trivial queries in query_planner()
doesn't need to set up the append_rel_array; but all we're saving there
is an if-test and NULL assignment, which surely ought to be negligible.

Also improve some obsolete comments.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17220.1565301350@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-09 12:33:43 -04:00
Michael Paquier b8f2da0ac5 Refactor logic to remove trailing CR/LF characters from strings
b654714 has reworked the way trailing CR/LF characters are removed from
strings.  This commit introduces a new routine in common/string.c and
refactors the code so as the logic is in a single place, mostly.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190801031820.GF29334@paquier.xyz
2019-08-09 11:05:14 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan 98eab30b93 Show specific OID suggestion in unused_oids output.
Commit a6417078 established a new project policy around OID assignment:
new patches are encouraged to choose a random OID in the 8000..9999
range when a manually-assigned OID is required (if multiple OIDs are
required, a consecutive block of OIDs starting from the random point
should be used).  Catalog entries added by committed patches that use
OIDs from this "unstable" range are renumbered after feature freeze.
This practice minimizes OID collisions among concurrently-developed
patches.

Show a specific random OID suggestion when the unused_oids script is
run.  This makes it easy for patch authors to use a random OID from the
unstable range, per the new policy.

Author: Julien Rouhaud, Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkkRs2ScmuBQ7xWi7xzp7fC1B3w0Nt8X+n4rBw5k+Z=zA@mail.gmail.com
2019-08-05 11:47:34 -07:00
Noah Misch ffa2d37e5f Require the schema qualification in pg_temp.type_name(arg).
Commit aa27977fe2 introduced this
restriction for pg_temp.function_name(arg); do likewise for types
created in temporary schemas.  Programs that this breaks should add
"pg_temp." schema qualification or switch to arg::type_name syntax.
Back-patch to 9.4 (all supported versions).

Reviewed by Tom Lane.  Reported by Tom Lane.

Security: CVE-2019-10208
2019-08-05 07:48:41 -07:00
Michael Paquier 8548ddc61b Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree, take 9
This addresses more issues with code comments, variable names and
unreferenced variables.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7ab243e0-116d-3e44-d120-76b3df7abefd@gmail.com
2019-08-05 12:14:58 +09:00
Tomas Vondra 75506195da Revert "Add log_statement_sample_rate parameter"
This reverts commit 88bdbd3f74.

As committed, statement sampling used the existing duration threshold
(log_min_duration_statement) when decide which statements to sample.
The issue is that even the longest statements are subject to sampling,
and so may not end up logged. An improvement was proposed, introducing
a second duration threshold, but it would not be backwards compatible.
So we've decided to revert this feature - the separate threshold should
be part of the feature itself.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRDS8tQ3Wviw9%3DAvODyUciPSrGeMhJi_WPE%2BEB8%2B4gLL-Q%40mail.gmail.com
2019-08-04 23:38:27 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 489247b0e6 Improve pruning of a default partition
When querying a partitioned table containing a default partition, we
were wrongly deciding to include it in the scan too early in the
process, failing to exclude it in some cases.  If we reinterpret the
PruneStepResult.scan_default flag slightly, we can do a better job at
detecting that it can be excluded.  The change is that we avoid setting
the flag for that pruning step unless the step absolutely requires the
default partition to be scanned (in contrast with the previous
arrangement, which was to set it unless the step was able to prune it).
So get_matching_partitions() must explicitly check the partition that
each returned bound value corresponds to in order to determine whether
the default one needs to be included, rather than relying on the flag
from the final step result.

Author: Yuzuko Hosoya <hosoya.yuzuko@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/00e601d4ca86$932b8bc0$b982a340$@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-08-04 11:18:45 -04:00
Andres Freund 2abd7ae9b2 Fix representation of hash keys in Hash/HashJoin nodes.
In 5f32b29c18 I changed the creation of HashState.hashkeys to
actually use HashState as the parent (instead of HashJoinState, which
was incorrect, as they were executed below HashState), to fix the
problem of hashkeys expressions otherwise relying on slot types
appropriate for HashJoinState, rather than HashState as would be
correct. That reliance was only introduced in 12, which is why it
previously worked to use HashJoinState as the parent (although I'd be
unsurprised if there were problematic cases).

Unfortunately that's not a sufficient solution, because before this
commit, the to-be-hashed expressions referenced inner/outer as
appropriate for the HashJoin, not Hash. That didn't have obvious bad
consequences, because the slots containing the tuples were put into
ecxt_innertuple when hashing a tuple for HashState (even though Hash
doesn't have an inner plan).

There are less common cases where this can cause visible problems
however (rather than just confusion when inspecting such executor
trees). E.g. "ERROR: bogus varno: 65000", when explaining queries
containing a HashJoin where the subsidiary Hash node's hash keys
reference a subplan. While normally hashkeys aren't displayed by
EXPLAIN, if one of those expressions references a subplan, that
subplan may be printed as part of the Hash node - which then failed
because an inner plan was referenced, and Hash doesn't have that.

It seems quite possible that there's other broken cases, too.

Fix the problem by properly splitting the expression for the HashJoin
and Hash nodes at plan time, and have them reference the proper
subsidiary node. While other workarounds are possible, fixing this
correctly seems easy enough. It was a pretty ugly hack to have
ExecInitHashJoin put the expression into the already initialized
HashState, in the first place.

I decided to not just split inner/outer hashkeys inside
make_hashjoin(), but also to separate out hashoperators and
hashcollations at plan time. Otherwise we would have ended up having
two very similar loops, one at plan time and the other during executor
startup. The work seems to more appropriately belong to plan time,
anyway.

Reported-By: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane, in an earlier version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvGVegF_TKKRiBrSmatJL2dR9uwFCuR+teQ_8tEXU8mxg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
2019-08-02 00:02:46 -07:00
Jeff Davis 6ae4e8eae7 Allow simplehash to use already-calculated hash values.
Add _lookup_hash and _insert_hash functions for callers that have
already calculated the hash value of the key.

The immediate use case is for hash algorithms that write to disk in
partitions. The hash value can be calculated once, used to perform a
lookup, used to select the partition, then written to the partition
along with the tuple. When the tuple is read back, the hash value does
not need to be recalculated.

Author: Jeff Davis
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48abe675e1330f0c264ab2fe0d4ff23eb244f9ef.camel%40j-davis.com
2019-08-01 16:05:49 -07:00
Tom Lane 7266d0997d Allow functions-in-FROM to be pulled up if they reduce to constants.
This allows simplification of the plan tree in some common usage
patterns: we can get rid of a join to the function RTE.

In principle we could pull up any immutable expression, but restricting
it to Consts avoids the risk that multiple evaluations of the expression
might cost more than we can save.  (Possibly this could be improved in
future --- but we've more or less promised people that putting a function
in FROM guarantees single evaluation, so we'd have to tread carefully.)

To do this, we need to rearrange when eval_const_expressions()
happens for expressions in function RTEs.  I moved it to
inline_set_returning_functions(), which already has to iterate over
every function RTE, and in consequence renamed that function to
preprocess_function_rtes().  A useful consequence is that
inline_set_returning_function() no longer has to do this for itself,
simplifying that code.

In passing, break out pull_up_simple_subquery's code that knows where
everything that needs pullup_replace_vars() processing is, so that
the new pull_up_constant_function() routine can share it.  We'd
gotten away with one-and-a-half copies of that code so far, since
pull_up_simple_values() could assume that a lot of cases didn't apply
to it --- but I don't think pull_up_constant_function() can make any
simplifying assumptions.  Might as well make pull_up_simple_values()
use it too.

(Possibly this refactoring should go further: maybe we could share
some of the code to fill in the pullup_replace_vars_context struct?
For now, I left it that the callers fill that completely.)

Note: the one existing test case that this patch changes has to be
changed because inlining its function RTEs would destroy the point
of the test, namely to check join order.

Alexander Kuzmenkov and Aleksandr Parfenov, reviewed by
Antonin Houska and Anastasia Lubennikova, and whacked around
some more by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402356c32eeb93d4fed01f66d6c7fe2d@postgrespro.ru
2019-08-01 18:50:22 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan a8d6a95eb9 Bump catversion.
Oversight in commit 71dcd743.
2019-08-01 12:29:19 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 71dcd74386 Add sort support routine for the inet data type.
Add sort support for inet, including support for abbreviated keys.
Testing has shown that this reduces the time taken to sort medium to
large inet/cidr inputs by ~50-60% in realistic cases.

Author: Brandur Leach
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Edmund Horner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABR_9B-PQ8o2MZNJ88wo6r-NxW2EFG70M96Wmcgf99G6HUQ3sw@mail.gmail.com
2019-08-01 09:34:14 -07:00
Tom Lane 4886da8327 Mark advisory-lock functions as parallel restricted, not parallel unsafe.
There seems no good reason not to allow a parallel leader to execute
these functions.  (The workers still can't, though.  Although the code
would work, any such lock would go away at worker exit, which is not
the documented behavior of advisory locks.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11847.1564496844@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-08-01 11:36:21 -04:00
Andres Freund 870b1d6800 Remove superfluous newlines in function prototypes.
These were introduced by pgindent due to fixe to broken
indentation (c.f. 8255c7a5ee). Previously the mis-indentation of
function prototypes was creatively used to reduce indentation in a few
places.

As that formatting only exists in master and REL_12_STABLE, it seems
better to fix it in both, rather than having some odd indentation in
v12 that somebody might copy for future patches or such.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190728013754.jwcbe5nfyt3533vx@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-
2019-07-31 00:05:21 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas a29834beb1 Allow table AM's to use rd_amcache, too.
The rd_amcache allows an index AM to cache arbitrary information in a
relcache entry. This commit moves the cleanup of rd_amcache so that it
can also be used by table AMs. Nothing takes advantage of that yet, but
I'm sure it'll come handy for anyone writing new table AMs.

Backpatch to v12, where table AM interface was introduced.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
2019-07-30 21:43:27 +03:00
Michael Paquier 04cf0bfc90 Fix memory leak coming from simple lists built in reindexdb
When building a list of relations for a parallel processing of a schema
or a database (or just a single-entry list for the non-parallel case
with the database name), the list is allocated and built on-the-fly for
each database processed, leaking after one database-level reindex is
done.  This accumulates leaks when processing all databases, and could
become a visible issue with thousands of relations.

This is fixed by introducing a new routine in simple_list.c to free all
the elements in a simple list made of strings or OIDs.  The header of
the list may be using a variable declaration or an allocated pointer,
so we don't have a routine to free this part to keep the interface
simple.

Per report from coverity for an issue introduced by 5ab892c, and
valgrind complains about the leak as well.  The idea to introduce a new
routine in simple_list.c is from Tom Lane.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
2019-07-30 10:54:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier eb43f3d193 Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree
This is numbered take 8, and addresses again a set of issues with code
comments, variable names and unreferenced variables.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b137b5eb-9c95-9c2f-586e-38aba7d59788@gmail.com
2019-07-29 12:28:30 +09:00
Michael Paquier 7cce159349 Fix handling of expressions and predicates in REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
When copying the definition of an index rebuilt concurrently for the new
entry, the index information was taken directly from the old index using
the relation cache.  In this case, predicates and expressions have
some post-processing to prepare things for the planner, which loses some
information including the collations added in any of them.

This inconsistency can cause issues when attempting for example a table
rewrite, and makes the new indexes rebuilt concurrently inconsistent
with the old entries.

In order to fix the problem, fetch expressions and predicates directly
from the catalog of the old entry, and fill in IndexInfo for the new
index with that.  This makes the process more consistent with
DefineIndex(), and the code is refactored with the addition of a routine
to create an IndexInfo node.

Reported-by: Manuel Rigger
Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA5Hp0ra235F3czPom_FyAd-3+XwSJmX95r1+sRPOJc9VQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2019-07-29 09:58:49 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas 6655a7299d Use full 64-bit XID for checking if a deleted GiST page is old enough.
Otherwise, after a deleted page gets even older, it becomes unrecyclable
again. B-tree has the same problem, and has had since time immemorial,
but let's at least fix this in GiST, where this is new.

Backpatch to v12, where GiST page deletion was introduced.

Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/835A15A5-F1B4-4446-A711-BF48357EB602%40yandex-team.ru
2019-07-24 20:24:07 +03:00
Tom Lane a0555ddab9 Install dependencies to prevent dropping partition key columns.
The logic in ATExecDropColumn that rejects dropping partition key
columns is quite an inadequate defense, because it doesn't execute
in cases where a column needs to be dropped due to cascade from
something that only the column, not the whole partitioned table,
depends on.  That leaves us with a badly broken partitioned table;
even an attempt to load its relcache entry will fail.

We really need to have explicit pg_depend entries that show that the
column can't be dropped without dropping the whole table.  Hence,
add those entries.  In v12 and HEAD, bump catversion to ensure that
partitioned tables will have such entries.  We can't do that in
released branches of course, so in v10 and v11 this patch affords
protection only to partitioned tables created after the patch is
installed.  Given the lack of field complaints (this bug was found
by fuzz-testing not by end users), that's probably good enough.

In passing, fix ATExecDropColumn and ATPrepAlterColumnType
messages to be more specific about which partition key column
they're complaining about.

Per report from Manuel Rigger.  Back-patch to v10 where partitioned
tables were added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+u7OA4JKCPFrdrAbOs7XBiCyD61XJxeNav4LefkSmBLQ-Vobg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31920.1562526703@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-22 14:55:40 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 7961886580 Revert "initdb: Change authentication defaults"
This reverts commit 09f08930f0.

The buildfarm client needs some adjustments first.
2019-07-22 19:28:25 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 09f08930f0 initdb: Change authentication defaults
Change the defaults for the pg_hba.conf generated by initdb to "peer"
for local (if supported, else "md5") and "md5" for host.

(Changing from "md5" to SCRAM is left as a separate exercise.)

"peer" is currently not supported on AIX, HP-UX, and Windows.  Users
on those operating systems will now either have to provide a password
to initdb or choose a different authentication method when running
initdb.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/bec17f0a-ddb1-8b95-5e69-368d9d0a3390%40postgresql.org
2019-07-22 15:14:27 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 19781729f7 Make identity sequence management more robust
Some code could get confused when certain catalog state involving both
identity and serial sequences was present, perhaps during an attempt
to upgrade the latter to the former.  Specifically, dropping the
default of a serial column maintains the ownership of the sequence by
the column, and so it would then be possible to afterwards make the
column an identity column that would now own two sequences.  This
causes the code that looks up the identity sequence to error out,
making the new identity column inoperable until the ownership of the
previous sequence is released.

To fix this, make the identity sequence lookup only consider sequences
with the appropriate dependency type for an identity sequence, so it
only ever finds one (unless something else is broken).  In the above
example, the old serial sequence would then be ignored.  Reorganize
the various owned-sequence-lookup functions a bit to make this
clearer.

Reported-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/470c54fc8590be4de0f41b0d295fd6390d5e8a6c.camel@cybertec.at
2019-07-22 12:07:10 +02:00
Michael Paquier 23bccc823d Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues with code
comments, variable names and unreferenced variables.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dff75442-2468-f74f-568c-6006e141062f@gmail.com
2019-07-22 10:01:50 +09:00
David Rowley 3373c71553 Speed up finding EquivalenceClasses for a given set of rels
Previously in order to determine which ECs a relation had members in, we
had to loop over all ECs stored in PlannerInfo's eq_classes and check if
ec_relids mentioned the relation.  For the most part, this was fine, as
generally, unless queries were fairly complex, the overhead of performing
the lookup would have not been that significant.  However, when queries
contained large numbers of joins and ECs, the overhead to find the set of
classes matching a given set of relations could become a significant
portion of the overall planning effort.

Here we allow a much more efficient method to access the ECs which match a
given relation or set of relations.  A new Bitmapset field in RelOptInfo
now exists to store the indexes into PlannerInfo's eq_classes list which
each relation is mentioned in.  This allows very fast lookups to find all
ECs belonging to a single relation.  When we need to lookup ECs belonging
to a given pair of relations, we can simply bitwise-AND the Bitmapsets from
each relation and use the result to perform the lookup.

We also take the opportunity to write a new implementation of
generate_join_implied_equalities which makes use of the new indexes.
generate_join_implied_equalities_for_ecs must remain as is as it can be
given a custom list of ECs, which we can't easily determine the indexes of.

This was originally intended to fix the performance penalty of looking up
foreign keys matching a join condition which was introduced by 100340e2d.
However, we're speeding up much more than just that here.

Author: David Rowley, Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6970.1545327857@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-21 17:30:58 +12:00
Tomas Vondra e38a55ba46 Rework examine_opclause_expression to use varonleft
The examine_opclause_expression function needs to return information on
which side of the operator we found the Var, but the variable was called
"isgt" which is rather misleading (it assumes the operator is either
less-than or greater-than, but it may be equality or something else).
Other places in the planner use a variable called "varonleft" for this
purpose, so just adopt the same convention here.

The code also assumed we don't care about this flag for equality, as
(Var = Const) and (Const = Var) should be the same thing. But that does
not work for cross-type operators, in which case we need to pass the
parameters to the procedure in the right order. So just use the same
code for all types of expressions.

This means we don't need to care about the selectivity estimation
function anymore, at least not in this code. We should only get the
supported cases here (thanks to statext_is_compatible_clause).

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
2019-07-20 16:37:30 +02:00
Peter Geoghegan d004147eb3 Fix nbtree metapage cache upgrade bug.
Commit 857f9c36cd, which taught nbtree VACUUM to avoid unnecessary
index scans, bumped the nbtree version number from 2 to 3, while adding
the ability for nbtree indexes to be upgraded on-the-fly.  Various
assertions that assumed that an nbtree index was always on version 2 had
to be changed to accept any supported version (version 2 or 3 on
Postgres 11).

However, a few assertions were missed in the initial commit, all of
which were in code paths that cache a local copy of the metapage
metadata, where the index had been expected to be on the current version
(no longer version 2) as a generic sanity check.  Rather than simply
update the assertions, follow-up commit 0a64b45152 intentionally made
the metapage caching code update the per-backend cached metadata version
without changing the on-disk version at the same time.  This could even
happen when the planner needed to determine the height of a B-Tree for
costing purposes.  The assertions only fail on Postgres v12 when
upgrading from v10, because they were adjusted to use the authoritative
shared memory metapage by v12's commit dd299df8.

To fix, remove the cache-only upgrade mechanism entirely, and update the
assertions themselves to accept any supported version (go back to using
the cached version in v12).  The fix is almost a full revert of commit
0a64b45152 on the v11 branch.

VACUUM only considers the authoritative metapage, and never bothers with
a locally cached version, whereas everywhere else isn't interested in
the metapage fields that were added by commit 857f9c36cd.  It seems
unlikely that this bug has affected any user on v11.

Reported-By: Christoph Berg
Bug: #15896
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15896-5b25e260fdb0b081%40postgresql.org
Backpatch: 11-, where VACUUM was taught to avoid unnecessary index scans.
2019-07-18 13:22:56 -07:00
Tom Lane bc8393cf27 Further adjust SPITupleTable to provide a public row-count field.
Now that commit fec0778c8 drew a clear line between public and private
fields in SPITupleTable, it seems pretty silly that the count of valid
tuples isn't on the public side of that line.  The reason why not was
that there wasn't such a count.  For reasons lost in the mists of time,
spi.c preferred to keep a count of remaining free entries in the array.
But that seems pretty pointless: it's unlike the way we handle similar
code everywhere else, and it involves extra subtractions that surely
outweigh having to do a comparison rather than test-for-zero to check
for array-full.

Hence, rearrange so that this code does the expansible array logic
the same as everywhere else, with a count of valid entries alongside
the allocated array length.  And document the count as public.

I looked for core-code callers where it would make sense to start
relying on tuptable->numvals rather than the separate SPI_processed
variable.  Right now there don't seem to be places where it'd be
a win to do so without more code restructuring than I care to
undertake today.  In principle, though, having SPITupleTables be
fully self-contained should be helpful down the line.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16852.1563395722@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-18 10:37:13 -04:00
Tomas Vondra e8b6ae2130 Fix handling of opclauses in extended statistics
We expect opclauses to have exactly one Var and one Const, but the code
was checking the Const by calling is_pseudo_constant_clause() which is
incorrect - we need a proper constant.

Fixed by using plain IsA(x,Const) to check type of the node. We need to
do these checks in two places, so move it into a separate function that
can be called in both places.

Reported by Andreas Seltenreich, based on crash reported by sqlsmith.

Backpatch to v12, where this code was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8736jdhbhc.fsf%40ansel.ydns.eu
Backpatch-to: 12
2019-07-18 11:29:38 +02:00
Andres Freund 21039555cd tableam: comment improvements.
Author: Brad DeJong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJnrtnxDYOQFsDfWz2iri0T_fFL2ZbbzgCOE=4yaMcszgcsf4A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 12-
2019-07-17 19:48:47 -07:00
Tom Lane fec0778c80 Clarify the distinction between public and private SPITupleTable fields.
The fields that we consider public are "tupdesc" and "vals", which
historically are in the middle of the struct.  Move them to the front
(this should be perfectly safe to do in HEAD) and add comments to make
it quite clear which fields are public or not.

Also adjust spi.sgml's documentation of the struct to match.
That doc had bit-rotted somewhat, as it was missing some fields.
(Arguably we should just remove all the private fields from the docs,
but for now I refrained.)

Daniel Gustafsson, reviewed by Fabien Coelho

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0D19F836-B743-4340-B6A2-F148CA3DD1F0@yesql.se
2019-07-17 14:55:13 -04:00
Tom Lane d97b714a21 Avoid using lcons and list_delete_first where it's easy to do so.
Formerly, lcons was about the same speed as lappend, but with the new
List implementation, that's not so; with a long List, data movement
imposes an O(N) cost on lcons and list_delete_first, but not lappend.

Hence, invent list_delete_last with semantics parallel to
list_delete_first (but O(1) cost), and change various places to use
lappend and list_delete_last where this can be done without much
violence to the code logic.

There are quite a few places that construct result lists using lcons not
lappend.  Some have semantic rationales for that; I added comments about
it to a couple that didn't have them already.  In many such places though,
I think the coding is that way only because back in the dark ages lcons
was faster than lappend.  Hence, switch to lappend where this can be done
without causing semantic changes.

In ExecInitExprRec(), this results in aggregates and window functions that
are in the same plan node being executed in a different order than before.
Generally, the executions of such functions ought to be independent of
each other, so this shouldn't result in visibly different query results.
But if you push it, as one regression test case does, you can show that
the order is different.  The new order seems saner; it's closer to
the order of the functions in the query text.  And we never documented
or promised anything about this, anyway.

Also, in gistfinishsplit(), don't bother building a reverse-order list;
it's easy now to iterate backwards through the original list.

It'd be possible to go further towards removing uses of lcons and
list_delete_first, but it'd require more extensive logic changes,
and I'm not convinced it's worth it.  Most of the remaining uses
deal with queues that probably never get long enough to be worth
sweating over.  (Actually, I doubt that any of the changes in this
patch will have measurable performance effects either.  But better
to have good examples than bad ones in the code base.)

Patch by me, thanks to David Rowley and Daniel Gustafsson for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21272.1563318411@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-17 11:15:34 -04:00
Thomas Munro dfd0121dc7 Move some md.c-specific logic from smgr.c to md.c.
Potential future SMGR implementations may not want to create
tablespace directories when creating an SMGR relation.  Move that
logic to mdcreate().  Move the initialization of md-specific
data structures from smgropen() to a new callback mdopen().

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Shawn Debnath (as part of an earlier patch set)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BOZqOiOuDm5tC5DyQZtJ3FH4%2BFSVMqtdC4P1atpJ%2Bqhg%40mail.gmail.com
2019-07-17 15:00:22 +12:00
Tom Lane c245776906 Remove lappend_cell...() family of List functions.
It seems worth getting rid of these functions because they require the
caller to retain a ListCell pointer into a List that it's modifying,
which is a dangerous practice with the new List implementation.
(The only other List-modifying function that takes a ListCell pointer
as input is list_delete_cell, which nowadays is preferentially used
via the constrained API foreach_delete_current.)

There was only one remaining caller of these functions after commit
2f5b8eb5a, and that was some fairly ugly GEQO code that can be much
more clearly expressed using a list-index variable and list_insert_nth.
Hence, rewrite that code, and remove the functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-16 13:12:24 -04:00
Tom Lane 2f5b8eb5a2 Clean up some ad-hoc code for sorting and de-duplicating Lists.
heap.c and relcache.c contained nearly identical copies of logic
to insert OIDs into an OID list while preserving the list's OID
ordering (and rejecting duplicates, in one case but not the other).

The comments argue that this is faster than qsort for small numbers
of OIDs, which is at best unproven, and seems even less likely to be
true now that lappend_cell_oid has to move data around.  In any case
it's ugly and hard-to-follow code, and if we do have a lot of OIDs
to consider, it's O(N^2).

Hence, replace with simply lappend'ing OIDs to a List, then list_sort
the completed List, then remove adjacent duplicates if necessary.
This is demonstrably O(N log N) and it's much simpler for the
callers.  It's possible that this would be somewhat inefficient
if there were a very large number of duplicates, but that seems
unlikely in the existing usage.

This adds list_deduplicate_oid and list_oid_cmp infrastructure
to list.c.  I didn't bother with equivalent functionality for
integer or pointer Lists, but such could always be added later
if we find a use for it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26193.1563228600@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-16 12:04:06 -04:00
Tom Lane 569ed7f483 Redesign the API for list sorting (list_qsort becomes list_sort).
In the wake of commit 1cff1b95a, the obvious way to sort a List
is to apply qsort() directly to the array of ListCells.  list_qsort
was building an intermediate array of pointers-to-ListCells, which
we no longer need, but getting rid of it forces an API change:
the comparator functions need to do one less level of indirection.

Since we're having to touch the callers anyway, let's do two additional
changes: sort the given list in-place rather than making a copy (as
none of the existing callers have any use for the copying behavior),
and rename list_qsort to list_sort.  It was argued that the old name
exposes more about the implementation than it should, which I find
pretty questionable, but a better reason to rename it is to be sure
we get the attention of any external callers about the need to fix
their comparator functions.

While we're at it, change four existing callers of qsort() to use
list_sort instead; previously, they all had local reinventions
of list_qsort, ie build-an-array-from-a-List-and-qsort-it.
(There are some other places where changing to list_sort perhaps
would be worthwhile, but they're less obviously wins.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29361.1563220190@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-16 11:51:44 -04:00
Michael Paquier 0896ae561b Fix inconsistencies and typos in the tree
This is numbered take 7, and addresses a set of issues around:
- Fixes for typos and incorrect reference names.
- Removal of unneeded comments.
- Removal of unreferenced functions and structures.
- Fixes regarding variable name consistency.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10bfd4ac-3e7c-40ab-2b2e-355ed15495e8@gmail.com
2019-07-16 13:23:53 +09:00
Tom Lane 1cff1b95ab Represent Lists as expansible arrays, not chains of cons-cells.
Originally, Postgres Lists were a more or less exact reimplementation of
Lisp lists, which consist of chains of separately-allocated cons cells,
each having a value and a next-cell link.  We'd hacked that once before
(commit d0b4399d8) to add a separate List header, but the data was still
in cons cells.  That makes some operations -- notably list_nth() -- O(N),
and it's bulky because of the next-cell pointers and per-cell palloc
overhead, and it's very cache-unfriendly if the cons cells end up
scattered around rather than being adjacent.

In this rewrite, we still have List headers, but the data is in a
resizable array of values, with no next-cell links.  Now we need at
most two palloc's per List, and often only one, since we can allocate
some values in the same palloc call as the List header.  (Of course,
extending an existing List may require repalloc's to enlarge the array.
But this involves just O(log N) allocations not O(N).)

Of course this is not without downsides.  The key difficulty is that
addition or deletion of a list entry may now cause other entries to
move, which it did not before.

For example, that breaks foreach() and sister macros, which historically
used a pointer to the current cons-cell as loop state.  We can repair
those macros transparently by making their actual loop state be an
integer list index; the exposed "ListCell *" pointer is no longer state
carried across loop iterations, but is just a derived value.  (In
practice, modern compilers can optimize things back to having just one
loop state value, at least for simple cases with inline loop bodies.)
In principle, this is a semantics change for cases where the loop body
inserts or deletes list entries ahead of the current loop index; but
I found no such cases in the Postgres code.

The change is not at all transparent for code that doesn't use foreach()
but chases lists "by hand" using lnext().  The largest share of such
code in the backend is in loops that were maintaining "prev" and "next"
variables in addition to the current-cell pointer, in order to delete
list cells efficiently using list_delete_cell().  However, we no longer
need a previous-cell pointer to delete a list cell efficiently.  Keeping
a next-cell pointer doesn't work, as explained above, but we can improve
matters by changing such code to use a regular foreach() loop and then
using the new macro foreach_delete_current() to delete the current cell.
(This macro knows how to update the associated foreach loop's state so
that no cells will be missed in the traversal.)

There remains a nontrivial risk of code assuming that a ListCell *
pointer will remain good over an operation that could now move the list
contents.  To help catch such errors, list.c can be compiled with a new
define symbol DEBUG_LIST_MEMORY_USAGE that forcibly moves list contents
whenever that could possibly happen.  This makes list operations
significantly more expensive so it's not normally turned on (though it
is on by default if USE_VALGRIND is on).

There are two notable API differences from the previous code:

* lnext() now requires the List's header pointer in addition to the
current cell's address.

* list_delete_cell() no longer requires a previous-cell argument.

These changes are somewhat unfortunate, but on the other hand code using
either function needs inspection to see if it is assuming anything
it shouldn't, so it's not all bad.

Programmers should be aware of these significant performance changes:

* list_nth() and related functions are now O(1); so there's no
major access-speed difference between a list and an array.

* Inserting or deleting a list element now takes time proportional to
the distance to the end of the list, due to moving the array elements.
(However, it typically *doesn't* require palloc or pfree, so except in
long lists it's probably still faster than before.)  Notably, lcons()
used to be about the same cost as lappend(), but that's no longer true
if the list is long.  Code that uses lcons() and list_delete_first()
to maintain a stack might usefully be rewritten to push and pop at the
end of the list rather than the beginning.

* There are now list_insert_nth...() and list_delete_nth...() functions
that add or remove a list cell identified by index.  These have the
data-movement penalty explained above, but there's no search penalty.

* list_concat() and variants now copy the second list's data into
storage belonging to the first list, so there is no longer any
sharing of cells between the input lists.  The second argument is
now declared "const List *" to reflect that it isn't changed.

This patch just does the minimum needed to get the new implementation
in place and fix bugs exposed by the regression tests.  As suggested
by the foregoing, there's a fair amount of followup work remaining to
do.

Also, the ENABLE_LIST_COMPAT macros are finally removed in this
commit.  Code using those should have been gone a dozen years ago.

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley, Jesper Pedersen, and others
for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-15 13:41:58 -04:00
Thomas Munro 67b9b3ca32 Provide XLogRecGetFullXid().
In order to be able to work with FullTransactionId values during replay
without increasing the size of the WAL, infer the epoch.  In general we
can't do that safely, but during replay we can because we know that
nextFullXid can't advance concurrently.

Prevent frontend code from seeing this new function, due to the above
restriction.  Perhaps in future it will be possible to extract the value
entirely from independent WAL records, and then this restriction can be
lifted.

Author: Thomas Munro, based on earlier code from Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BmLmuDjMi6o1dxkKvGRL56Y2Rz%2BiXAcrZV03G9ZuFQ8Q%40mail.gmail.com
2019-07-15 17:04:29 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 5925e55498 Add gen_random_uuid function
This adds a built-in function to generate UUIDs.

PostgreSQL hasn't had a built-in function to generate a UUID yet,
relying on external modules such as uuid-ossp and pgcrypto to provide
one.  Now that we have a strong random number generator built-in, we
can easily provide a version 4 (random) UUID generation function.

This patch takes the existing function gen_random_uuid() from pgcrypto
and makes it a built-in function.  The pgcrypto implementation now
internally redirects to the built-in one.

Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/6a65610c-46fc-2323-6b78-e8086340a325@2ndquadrant.com
2019-07-14 14:30:27 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov 565f339000 Forgotten catversion bump
6254c55f81, c085e1c1cb and 075f0a880f all change system catalog.  But
catversion bump is missed in all of them.  So, do catversion bump now.

Also, I need mention patch reviewer Fabien Coelho, who has been missed in
commit messages of 6254c55f81, c085e1c1cb and 075f0a880f.
2019-07-14 15:22:21 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 075f0a880f Add support for <-> (box, point) operator to SP-GiST box_ops
Opclass support functions already can handle this operator, just catalog
adjustment appears to be required.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
2019-07-14 15:09:23 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov c085e1c1cb Add support for <-> (box, point) operator to GiST box_ops
Index-based calculation of this operator is exact.  So, signature of
gist_bbox_distance() function is changes so that caller is responsible for
setting *recheck flag.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
2019-07-14 15:09:15 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 6254c55f81 Add missing commutators for distance operators
Some of <-> operators between geometric types have their commutators missed.
This commit adds them.  The motivation is upcoming kNN support for some of those
operators.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f71ba19d-d989-63b6-f04a-abf02ad9345d%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alexander Korotkov
2019-07-14 14:55:01 +03:00
Thomas Munro 1321509fa4 Introduce timed waits for condition variables.
Provide ConditionVariableTimedSleep(), like ConditionVariableSleep()
but with a timeout argument.

Author: Shawn Debnath
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eeb06007ccfe46e399df6af18bfcd15a@EX13D05UWC002.ant.amazon.com
2019-07-13 13:51:05 +12:00
Amit Kapila bd56cd75d2 Fix few typos and minor wordsmithing in tableam comments.
Reported-by: Ashwin Agrawal
Author: Ashwin Agrawal
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeisgdZhYDrJOukaBzvXfJOK2FQ0szVMK7dzmcy6w93iDUA@mail.gmail.com
2019-07-10 07:52:51 +05:30
Robert Haas 554106b116 tableam: Provide helper functions for relation sizing.
Most block-based table AMs will need the exact same implementation of
the relation_size callback as the heap, and if they use a standard
page layout, they will likely need an implementation of the
relation_estimate_size callback that is very similar to that of the
heap.  Rearrange to facilitate code reuse.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier, Daniel Gustafsson, and
Álvaro Herrera.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ6DBPnP1E-vRpQZUJQijJFD54F+SR_pxGiAAS-MyrigA@mail.gmail.com
2019-07-08 14:51:53 -04:00
Michael Paquier 6b8548964b Fix inconsistencies in the code
This addresses a couple of issues in the code:
- Typos and inconsistencies in comments and function declarations.
- Removal of unreferenced function declarations.
- Removal of unnecessary compile flags.
- A cleanup error in regressplans.sh.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0c991fdf-2670-1997-c027-772a420c4604@gmail.com
2019-07-08 13:15:09 +09:00
Michael Paquier d1a040543b Remove more unreferenced function declarations
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDuAYsRb3Q9aobkFZ6DZMWxsyg4HOmgkwgeWNfSkTwGxw@mail.gmail.com
2019-07-07 09:58:33 +09:00
Tom Lane 79b94716e7 Remove unreferenced function declarations.
These seem to be leftovers from old patches, perhaps.

Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDuAYsRb3Q9aobkFZ6DZMWxsyg4HOmgkwgeWNfSkTwGxw@mail.gmail.com
2019-07-05 19:28:45 -04:00
Tom Lane 0ab1a2e39b Remove dead encoding-conversion functions.
The code for conversions SQL_ASCII <-> MULE_INTERNAL and
SQL_ASCII <-> UTF8 was unreachable, because we long ago changed
the wrapper functions pg_do_encoding_conversion() et al so that
they have hard-wired behaviors for conversions involving SQL_ASCII.
(At least some of those fast paths date back to 2002, though it
looks like we may not have been totally consistent about this until
later.)  Given the lack of complaints, nobody is dissatisfied with
this state of affairs.  Hence, let's just remove the unreachable code.

Also, change CREATE CONVERSION so that it rejects attempts to
define such conversions.  Since we consider that SQL_ASCII represents
lack of knowledge about the encoding in use, such a conversion would
be semantically dubious even if it were reachable.

Adjust a couple of regression test cases that had randomly decided
to rely on these conversion functions rather than any other ones.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/41163.1559156593@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-05 14:17:27 -04:00
Michael Paquier 313f87a171 Add min() and max() aggregates for pg_lsn
This is useful for monitoring, when it comes for example to calculations
of WAL retention with replication slots and delays with a set of
standbys.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Reviewed-by: Surafel Temesgen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFcNs+oc8ZoHhowA4rR1GGCgG8QNgK_TOwPRVYQo5rYy8_PXzA@mail.gmail.com
2019-07-05 12:21:11 +09:00
Michael Paquier 8a810a177c Update hardcoded DH parameters to IANA standards
The source defining the current fallback and hardcoded DH parameters
has disappeared from the web a long time ago, and RFC 3526 defines the
most current Diffie-Hellman MODP groups, so update to those new values.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5E60AC9A-CB10-4851-9EF2-7209490A164C@yesql.se
2019-07-05 10:47:32 +09:00
Tomas Vondra 08aa131c7a Simplify pg_mcv_list (de)serialization
The serialization format of multivariate MCV lists included alignment in
order to allow direct access to part of the serialized data, but despite
multiple fixes (see for example commits d85e0f366a and ea4e1c0e8f) this
proved to be problematic.

This commit abandons alignment in the serialized format, and just copies
everything during deserialization.  We now also track amount of memory
needed after deserialization (including alignment), which allows us to
deserialize the MCV list in a single pass.

Bump catversion, as this affects contents of pg_statistic_ext_data.

Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2201.1561521148@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-07-05 01:32:49 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 4d66285adc Fix pg_mcv_list_items() to produce text[]
The function pg_mcv_list_items() returns values stored in MCV items. The
items may contain columns with different data types, so the function was
generating text array-like representation, but in an ad-hoc way without
properly escaping various characters etc.

Fixed by simply building a text[] array, which also makes it easier to
use from queries etc.

Requires changes to pg_proc entry, so bump catversion.

Backpatch to 12, where multi-column MCV lists were introduced.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190618205920.qtlzcu73whfpfqne@development
2019-07-05 01:32:46 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 7b925e1270 Sync our Snowball stemmer dictionaries with current upstream
The main change is a new stemmer for Greek.  There are minor changes
in the Danish and French stemmers.

Author: Panagiotis Mavrogiorgos <pmav99@gmail.com>
2019-07-04 13:26:48 +02:00
Michael Paquier cfc40d384a Introduce safer encoding and decoding routines for base64.c
This is a follow-up refactoring after 09ec55b and b674211, which has
proved that the encoding and decoding routines used by SCRAM have a
poor interface when it comes to check after buffer overflows.  This adds
an extra argument in the shape of the length of the result buffer for
each routine, which is used for overflow checks when encoding or
decoding an input string.  The original idea comes from Tom Lane.

As a result of that, the encoding routine can now fail, so all its
callers are adjusted to generate proper error messages in case of
problems.

On failure, the result buffer gets zeroed.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190623132535.GB1628@paquier.xyz
2019-07-04 16:08:09 +09:00
Tom Lane 615cebc94b Stamp HEAD as 13devel.
Let the hacking begin ...
2019-07-01 12:50:55 -04:00
Tom Lane 9e1c9f9594 pgindent run prior to branching v12.
pgperltidy and reformat-dat-files too, though the latter didn't
find anything to change.
2019-07-01 12:37:52 -04:00
Michael Paquier c74d49d41c Fix many typos and inconsistencies
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/af27d1b3-a128-9d62-46e0-88f424397f44@gmail.com
2019-07-01 10:00:23 +09:00
Noah Misch 459c3cdb4a Don't read fields of a misaligned ExpandedObjectHeader or AnyArrayType.
UBSan complains about this.  Instead, cast to a suitable type requiring
only 4-byte alignment.  DatumGetAnyArrayP() already assumes one can cast
between AnyArrayType and ArrayType, so this doesn't introduce a new
assumption.  Back-patch to 9.5, where AnyArrayType was introduced.

Reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190629210334.GA1244217@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-06-30 17:34:17 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 21f428ebde Don't call data type input functions in GUC check hooks
Instead of calling pg_lsn_in() in check_recovery_target_lsn and
timestamptz_in() in check_recovery_target_time, reorganize the
respective code so that we don't raise any errors in the check hooks.
The previous code tried to use PG_TRY/PG_CATCH to handle errors in a
way that is not safe, so now the code contains no ereport() calls and
can operate safely within the GUC error handling system.

Moreover, since the interpretation of the recovery_target_time string
may depend on the time zone, we cannot do the final processing of that
string until all the GUC processing is done.  Instead,
check_recovery_target_time() now does some parsing for syntax
checking, but the actual conversion to a timestamptz value is done
later in the recovery code that uses it.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190611061115.njjwkagvxp4qujhp%40alap3.anarazel.de
2019-06-30 10:27:43 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 666cbae16d Remove explicit error handling for obsolete date/time values
The date/time values 'current', 'invalid', and 'undefined' were
removed a long time ago, but the code still contains explicit error
handling for the transition.  To simplify the code and avoid having to
handle these values everywhere, just remove the recognition of these
tokens altogether now.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
2019-06-30 10:27:35 +02:00
Michael Paquier 322c5bfdc3 Remove remaining traces of Rand_OpenSSL() from the tree
fe0a0b5 has removed the last use of this routine from pgcrypto, leading
to a useless symbol definition and an extra configure check.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190626142544.GN1714@paquier.xyz
2019-06-27 08:25:26 +09:00
Thomas Munro a2dec37480 Remove misleading comment from pathnodes.h.
As of commit e5253fdc, it is no longer true that the leader always
executes the subplan of a Gather Merge node.  Remove comment to that
effect.

Back-patch to 11.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJEaZJYezXAOutuiWT%2BfxCA44%2BoKtVPAND2ubLiigR%3D-w%40mail.gmail.com
2019-06-25 09:21:54 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 82be666ee3 Update unicode_norm_table.h to Unicode 12.1.0 2019-06-24 22:50:56 +02:00
Tom Lane 1323bfce55 Fix spinlock assembly code for MIPS so it works on MIPS r6.
Original MIPS-I processors didn't have the LL/SC instructions (nor any
other userland synchronization primitive).  If the build toolchain
targets that ISA variant by default, as an astonishingly large fraction
of MIPS platforms still do, the assembler won't take LL/SC without
coercion in the form of a ".set mips2" instruction.  But we issued that
unconditionally, making it an ISA downgrade for chips later than MIPS2.
That breaks things for the latest MIPS r6 ISA, which encodes these
instructions differently.  Adjust the code so we don't change ISA level
if it's >= 2.

Note that this patch doesn't change what happens on an actual MIPS-I
processor: either the kernel will emulate these instructions
transparently, or you'll get a SIGILL failure.  That tradeoff seemed
fine in 2002 when this code was added (cf 3cbe6b247), and it's even
more so today when MIPS-I is basically extinct.  But let's add a
comment about that.

YunQiang Su (with cosmetic adjustments by me).  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15844-8f62fe7e163939b3@postgresql.org
2019-06-22 20:31:50 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov 261a5c1928 Support 'q' flag in jsonpath 'like_regex' predicate
SQL/JSON standard defines that jsonpath 'like_regex' predicate should support
the same set of flags as XQuery/XPath.  It appears that implementation of 'q'
flag was missed.  This commit fixes that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdtyfPsxLYiTjp5Ov8T5xGsB5t3CwE5%2B3PS%3DLLwA%2BxTJog%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
2019-06-19 22:41:57 +03:00
Tom Lane 0ab7110bcb Stamp 12beta2. 2019-06-17 17:12:29 -04:00
Michael Paquier 3412030205 Fix more typos and inconsistencies in the tree
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a5419ea-1452-a4e6-72ff-545b1a5a8076@gmail.com
2019-06-17 16:13:16 +09:00
Tom Lane 6973b058bc Further fix privileges on pg_statistic_ext[_data].
We don't need to restrict column privileges on pg_statistic_ext;
all of that data is OK to read publicly.  What we *do* need to do,
which was overlooked by 6cbfb784c, is revoke public read access on
pg_statistic_ext_data; otherwise we still have the same security
hole we started with.

Catversion bump to ensure that installations calling themselves
beta2 will have this fix.

Diagnosis/correction by Dean Rasheed and Tomas Vondra, but I'm
going to go ahead and push this fix ASAP so we get more buildfarm
cycles on it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8833.1560647898@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-06-16 11:00:23 -04:00
Tomas Vondra aa087ec64f Add pg_stats_ext view for extended statistics
Regular per-column statistics are stored in pg_statistics catalog, which
is however rather difficult to read, so we also have pg_stats view with
a human-reablable version of the data.

For extended statistic the catalog was fairly easy to read, so we did
not have such human-readable view so far.  Commit 9b6babfa2d however did
split the catalog into two, which makes querying harder.  Furthermore,
we want to show the multi-column MCV list in a way similar to per-column
stats (and not as a bytea value).

This commit introduces pg_stats_ext view, joining the two catalogs and
massaging the data to produce human-readable output similar to pg_stats.
It also considers RLS and access privileges - the data is shown only when
the user has access to all columns the extended statistic is defined on.

Bumped CATVERSION due to adding new system view.

Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
2019-06-16 01:20:39 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 6cbfb784c3 Rework the pg_statistic_ext catalog
Since extended statistic got introduced in PostgreSQL 10, there was a
single catalog pg_statistic_ext storing both the definitions and built
statistic.  That's however problematic when a user is supposed to have
access only to the definitions, but not to user data.

Consider for example pg_dump on a database with RLS enabled - if the
pg_statistic_ext catalog respects RLS (which it should, if it contains
user data), pg_dump would not see any records and the result would not
define any extended statistics.  That would be a surprising behavior.

Until now this was not a pressing issue, because the existing types of
extended statistic (functional dependencies and ndistinct coefficients)
do not include any user data directly.  This changed with introduction
of MCV lists, which do include most common combinations of values.

The easiest way to fix this is to split the pg_statistic_ext catalog
into two - one for definitions, one for the built statistic values.
The new catalog is called pg_statistic_ext_data, and we're maintaining
a 1:1 relationship with the old catalog - either there are matching
records in both catalogs, or neither of them.

Bumped CATVERSION due to changing system catalog definitions.

Author: Dean Rasheed, with improvements by me
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUhT9rt7Ui%3DVdx4N%3D%3DVV5XOK5dsXfnGgVOz_JhAicB%3DZA%40mail.gmail.com
2019-06-16 01:20:31 +02:00
Michael Paquier 96719e52b1 Use OpenSSL-specific ifdefs in sha2.h
In order to separate OpenSSL's SHA symbols, this header has been using
USE_SSL, which is equivalent to USE_OPENSSL.  There is now only one SSL
implementation included in the tree, so this works fine, but when
adding a new SSL implementation this would run into failures.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0DF29010-CE26-4F51-85A6-9C8ABF5536F9@yesql.se
2019-06-14 09:00:36 +09:00
Tom Lane 3c8f8f6ebe Mark ReplicationSlotCtl as PGDLLIMPORT.
Also MyReplicationSlot, in branches where it wasn't already.

This was discussed in the thread that resulted in c572599c6, but
for some reason nobody pulled the trigger.  Now that we have another
request for the same thing, we should just do it.

Craig Ringer

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YFTsq-86MnsNng=mPvjjh5EAbzfMK0ptJPvzyvpFARuRg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/345138875.20190611151943@cybertec.at
2019-06-13 10:53:34 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera b976845815 Fix double-word typos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190612184527.GA24266@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
2019-06-13 10:03:56 -04:00
Robert Haas 132a1c101a tableam: Fix index_build_range_scan parameter name.
All of the other code thinks that the 8th parameter is the number of
blocks, but this declaration thinks that it's the ending block number.
Repair this inconsistency.

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY49ManQWnJtiwkuytXBkmyTuDFqb74Pr4Zn2Nq9TuNBQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-06-10 20:04:48 -04:00
Noah Misch 44982e7d09 Reconcile nodes/*funcs.c with PostgreSQL 12 work.
One would have needed out-of-tree code to observe the defects.  Remove
unreferenced fields instead of completing their support functions.
Since in-tree code can't reach _readIntoClause(), no catversion bump.
2019-06-09 14:00:36 -07:00
Michael Paquier cf4263cc6c Switch position of some declarations in libpq.h
This makes the header more consistent with the surroundings, with
declarations associated to a given file grouped together.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190608012439.GB7228@paquier.xyz
2019-06-09 11:33:52 +09:00
Noah Misch 31d250e049 Update stale comments, and fix comment typos. 2019-06-08 10:12:26 -07:00
Amit Kapila 92c4abc736 Fix assorted inconsistencies.
There were a number of issues in the recent commits which include typos,
code and comments mismatch, leftover function declarations.  Fix them.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Alexander Lakhin, Amit Kapila and Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ef0c0232-0c1d-3a35-63d4-0ebd06e31387@gmail.com
2019-06-08 08:16:38 +05:30
Michael Paquier 35b2d4bc0e Move be-gssapi-common.h into src/include/libpq/
The file has been introduced in src/backend/libpq/ as of b0b39f72, but
all backend-side headers of libpq are located in src/include/libpq/.
Note that the identification path on top of the file referred to
src/include/libpq/ from the start.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190607043415.GE1736@paquier.xyz
2019-06-08 09:59:02 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas cd96389d71 Fix confusion on different kinds of slots in IndexOnlyScans.
We used the same slot to store a tuple from the index, and to store a
tuple from the table. That's not OK. It worked with the heap, because
heapam_getnextslot() stores a HeapTuple to the slot, and doesn't care how
large the tts_values/nulls arrays are. But when I played with a toy table
AM implementation that used a virtual tuple, it caused memory overruns.

In the passing, tidy up comments on the ioss_PscanLen fields.
2019-06-06 09:46:52 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut c880096dc1 Add command column to pg_stat_progress_create_index
This allows determining which command is running, similar to
pg_stat_progress_cluster.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f0e56b3b-74b7-6cbc-e207-a5ed6bee18dc%402ndquadrant.com
2019-06-04 09:29:02 +02:00
Michael Paquier 041a2642e5 Fix some typos and inconsistencies in tableam.h
The defined callback definitions have been using references to heap for
a couple of variables and comments.  This makes the whole interface more
consistent by using "table" which is more generic.

A variable storing index information was misspelled as well.

Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190601190946.GB1905@paquier.xyz
2019-06-04 09:48:25 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 05d36b68ed Update SQL conformance information about JSON path
Reviewed-by: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@postgrespro.ru>
2019-06-03 21:36:04 +02:00
Michael Paquier 1fb6f62a84 Fix typos in various places
Author: Andrea Gelmini
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190528181718.GA39034@glet
2019-06-03 13:44:03 +09:00
David Rowley 72b6223f76 Fix incorrect parameter name in comment
Author: Antonin Houska
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22370.1559293357@localhost
2019-05-31 13:30:05 -04:00
Andres Freund 13002bf0bc Remove unnecessary (and wrong) forward declaration.
Interestingly only C++ compilers have, so far, complained about this
odd forward declaration. This originated when IndexBuildCallback was
defined in another file, but now is completely unnecessary (but was
wrong before too, cpluspluscheck just wouldn't have noticed).

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/53941.1559239260@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-30 13:44:38 -07:00
Amit Kapila 9679345f3c Fix typos.
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7208de98-add8-8537-91c0-f8b089e2928c@gmail.com
2019-05-26 18:28:18 +05:30
Andres Freund 73b8c3bd28 tableam: Rename wrapper functions to match callback names.
Some of the wrapper functions didn't match the callback names. Many of
them due to staying "consistent" with historic naming of the wrapped
functionality. We decided that for most cases it's more important to
be for tableam to be consistent going forward, than with the past.

The one exception is beginscan/endscan/...  because it'd have looked
odd to have systable_beginscan/endscan/... with a different naming
scheme, and changing the systable_* APIs would have caused way too
much churn (including breaking a lot of external users).

Author: Ashwin Agrawal, with some small additions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfoeiugyrXZfX7n0ORCa4L-m834dzmaE8eFdbNR6PMpetU4Ww@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-23 16:32:36 -07:00
Tom Lane db6e2b4c52 Initial pgperltidy run for v12.
Make all the perl code look nice, too (for some value of "nice").
2019-05-22 13:36:19 -04:00
Tom Lane 8255c7a5ee Phase 2 pgindent run for v12.
Switch to 2.1 version of pg_bsd_indent.  This formats
multiline function declarations "correctly", that is with
additional lines of parameter declarations indented to match
where the first line's left parenthesis is.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0P3FeTXRcU5B2W3jv3PgRVZ-kGUXLGfd42FFhUROO3ug@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-22 13:04:48 -04:00
Tom Lane be76af171c Initial pgindent run for v12.
This is still using the 2.0 version of pg_bsd_indent.
I thought it would be good to commit this separately,
so as to document the differences between 2.0 and 2.1 behavior.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16296.1558103386@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-22 12:55:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 166f69f769 Fix O(N^2) performance issue in pg_publication_tables view.
The original coding of this view relied on a correlated IN sub-query.
Our planner is not very bright about correlated sub-queries, and even
if it were, there's no way for it to know that the output of
pg_get_publication_tables() is duplicate-free, making the de-duplicating
semantics of IN unnecessary.  Hence, rewrite as a LATERAL sub-query.
This provides circa 100X speedup for me with a few hundred published
tables (the whole regression database), and things would degrade as
roughly O(published_relations * all_relations) beyond that.

Because the rules.out expected output changes, force a catversion bump.
Ordinarily we might not want to do that post-beta1; but we already know
we'll be doing a catversion bump before beta2 to fix pg_statistic_ext
issues, so it's pretty much free to fix it now instead of waiting for v13.

Per report and fix suggestion from PegoraroF10.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1551385426763-0.post@n3.nabble.com
2019-05-22 11:47:02 -04:00
Tom Lane 4fbf809e13 In transam.h, don't expose static inline functions to frontend code.
That leads to unsatisfied external references if the C compiler fails
to elide unused static functions.  Apparently, we have no buildfarm
members building HEAD that have that issue ... but such compilers still
exist in the wild.  Need to do something about that.

In passing, fix Berkeley-era typo in comment.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27054.1558533367@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-22 10:38:21 -04:00
Robert Haas 1171d7d585 tableam: Move heap-specific logic from needs_toast_table below tableam.
This allows table AMs to completely suppress TOAST table creation, or
to modify the conditions under which they are created.

Patch by me.  Reviewed by Andres Freund.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa4O2n=yphqD2pERUnYmUO84bH1SqMsA-nSxBGsZ7gWfA@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-21 11:57:13 -04:00
Tom Lane a240570b1e Stamp 12beta1. 2019-05-20 16:37:22 -04:00
Andres Freund 78d6a9cbd3 Fix and improve SnapshotType comments.
The comment for SNAPSHOT_SELF was unfortunately explaining
SNAPSHOT_DIRTY, as reported by Sergei. Also expand a few comments, and
include a few more comments from heapam_visibility.c, so they're in an
AM independent place.

Reported-By: Sergei Kornilov
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9152241558192351@sas1-d856b3d759c7.qloud-c.yandex.net
2019-05-19 16:18:44 -07:00
Andres Freund c3b23ae457 Don't to predicate lock for analyze scans, refactor scan option passing.
Before this commit, when ANALYZE was run on a table and serializable
was used (either by virtue of an explicit BEGIN TRANSACTION ISOLATION
LEVEL SERIALIZABLE, or default_transaction_isolation being set to
serializable) a null pointer dereference lead to a crash.

The analyze scan doesn't need a snapshot (nor predicate locking), but
before this commit a scan only contained information about being a
bitmap or sample scan.

Refactor the option passing to the scan_begin callback to use a
bitmask instead. Alternatively we could have added a new boolean
parameter, but that seems harder to read. Even before this issue
various people (Heikki, Tom, Robert) suggested doing so.

These changes don't change the scan APIs outside of tableam. The flags
argument could be exposed, it's not necessary to fix this
problem. Also the wrapper table_beginscan* functions encapsulate most
of that complexity.

After these changes fixing the bug is trivial, just don't acquire
predicate lock for analyze style scans. That was already done for
bitmap heap scans.  Add an assert that a snapshot is passed when
acquiring the predicate lock, so this kind of bug doesn't require
running with serializable.

Also add a comment about sample scans currently requiring predicate
locking the entire relation, that previously wasn't remarked upon.

Reported-By: Joe Wildish
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/4EA80A20-E9BF-49F1-9F01-5B66CAB21453@elusive.cx
    https://postgr.es/m/20190411164947.nkii4gaeilt4bui7@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190518203102.g7peu2fianukjuxm@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-05-19 15:10:28 -07:00
Andres Freund 147e3722f7 tableam: Avoid relying on relation size to determine validity of tids.
Instead add a tableam callback to do so. To avoid adding per
validation overhead, pass a scan to tuple_tid_valid. In heap's case
we'd otherwise incurred a RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() call for each
tid - which'd have added noticable overhead to nodeTidscan.c.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Ashwin Agrawal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190515185447.gno2jtqxyktylyvs@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-05-17 18:56:55 -07:00
Andres Freund 7f44ede594 tableam: Don't assume that every AM uses md.c style storage.
Previously various parts of the code routed size requests through
RelationGetNumberOfBlocks[InFork]. That works if md.c is used by the
AM, but not otherwise.

Add a tableam callback to return the size of the table. As not every
AM will use postgres' BLCKSZ, have it return bytes, and have
RelationGetNumberOfBlocksInFork() round the byte size up into blocks.

To allow code outside of the AM to determine the actual relation size
map InvalidForkNumber the total size of a relation, as not every AM
might just need the postgres defined forks.

A few users of RelationGetNumberOfBlocks() ought to be converted away
from that. One case, the use of it to determine whether a tid is
valid, will be fixed in a follow up commit. Others will have to wait
for v13.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190423225201.3bbv6tbqzkb5w7cw@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-05-17 18:56:47 -07:00
Tom Lane 6630ccad7a Restructure creation of run-time pruning steps.
Previously, gen_partprune_steps() always built executor pruning steps
using all suitable clauses, including those containing PARAM_EXEC
Params.  This meant that the pruning steps were only completely safe
for executor run-time (scan start) pruning.  To prune at executor
startup, we had to ignore the steps involving exec Params.  But this
doesn't really work in general, since there may be logic changes
needed as well --- for example, pruning according to the last operator's
btree strategy is the wrong thing if we're not applying that operator.
The rules embodied in gen_partprune_steps() and its minions are
sufficiently complicated that tracking their incremental effects in
other logic seems quite impractical.

Short of a complete redesign, the only safe fix seems to be to run
gen_partprune_steps() twice, once to create executor startup pruning
steps and then again for run-time pruning steps.  We can save a few
cycles however by noting during the first scan whether we rejected
any clauses because they involved exec Params --- if not, we don't
need to do the second scan.

In support of this, refactor the internal APIs in partprune.c to make
more use of passing information in the GeneratePruningStepsContext
struct, rather than as separate arguments.

This is, I hope, the last piece of our response to a bug report from
Alan Jackson.  Back-patch to v11 where this code came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/FAD28A83-AC73-489E-A058-2681FA31D648@tvsquared.com
2019-05-17 19:44:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 8a0f0ad540 Remove no-longer-used typedef.
struct ClonedConstraint is no longer needed, so delete it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18102.1557947143@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-15 17:26:52 -04:00
Tom Lane fc9a62af3f Move logging.h and logging.c from src/fe_utils/ to src/common/.
The original placement of this module in src/fe_utils/ is ill-considered,
because several src/common/ modules have dependencies on it, meaning that
libpgcommon and libpgfeutils now have mutual dependencies.  That makes it
pointless to have distinct libraries at all.  The intended design is that
libpgcommon is lower-level than libpgfeutils, so only dependencies from
the latter to the former are acceptable.

We already have the precedent that fe_memutils and a couple of other
modules in src/common/ are frontend-only, so it's not stretching anything
out of whack to treat logging.c as a frontend-only module in src/common/.
To the extent that such modules help provide a common frontend/backend
environment for the rest of common/ to use, it's a reasonable design.
(logging.c does not yet provide an ereport() emulation, but one can
dream.)

Hence, move these files over, and revert basically all of the build-system
changes made by commit cc8d41511.  There are no places that need to grow
new dependencies on libpgcommon, further reinforcing the idea that this
is the right solution.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a912ffff-f6e4-778a-c86a-cf5c47a12933@2ndquadrant.com
2019-05-14 14:20:10 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 037165ca95 Update SQL features/conformance information to SQL:2016 2019-05-14 15:44:37 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas 22251686f0 Detect internal GiST page splits correctly during index build.
As we descend the GiST tree during insertion, we modify any downlinks on
the way down to include the new tuple we're about to insert (if they don't
cover it already). Modifying an existing downlink might cause an internal
page to split, if the new downlink tuple is larger than the old one. If
that happens, we need to back up to the parent and re-choose a page to
insert to. We used to detect that situation, thanks to the NSN-LSN
interlock normally used to detect concurrent page splits, but that got
broken by commit 9155580fd5. With that commit, we now use a dummy constant
LSN value for every page during index build, so the LSN-NSN interlock no
longer works. I thought that was OK because there can't be any other
backends modifying the index during index build, but missed that the
insertion itself can modify the page we're inserting to. The consequence
was that we would sometimes insert the new tuple to an incorrect page, one
whose downlink doesn't cover the new tuple.

To fix, add a flag to the stack that keeps track of the state while
descending tree, to indicate that a page was split, and that we need to
retry the descend from the parent.

Thomas Munro first reported that the contrib/intarray regression test was
failing occasionally on the buildfarm after commit 9155580fd5. The failure
was intermittent, because the gistchoose() function is not deterministic,
and would only occasionally create the right circumstances for this bug to
cause the failure.

Patch by Anastasia Lubennikova, with some changes by me to make it work
correctly also when the internal page split also causes the "grandparent"
to be split.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGJRzLo7tZExWfSbwM3XuK7aAK7FhdBV0FLkbUG%2BW0v0zg%40mail.gmail.com
2019-05-14 13:18:44 +03:00
Michael Paquier 7e19929ea2 Fix duplicated words in comments
Author: Stephen Amell
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/539fa271-21b3-777e-a468-d96cffe9c768@gmail.com
2019-05-14 09:37:35 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan ae7291acbc Standardize ItemIdData terminology.
The term "item pointer" should not be used to refer to ItemIdData
variables, since that is needlessly ambiguous.  Only
ItemPointerData/ItemPointer variables should be called item pointers.

To fix, establish the convention that ItemIdData variables should always
be referred to either as "item identifiers" or "line pointers".  The
term "item identifier" already predominates in docs and translatable
messages, and so should be the preferred alternative there.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=c=MZQjUzde3o9+2PLAPuHTpVZPPdYxN=E4ndQ2--8ew@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-13 15:53:39 -07:00
Robert Haas 221b377f09 Improve comment for att_isnull.
The comment implies that a 1 in the null bitmap indicates a null value,
but actually a 0 in the null bitmap indicates a null value. Try to
be more clear.

Patch by me; proposed wording reviewed by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobHOP8r6cG+UnsDFMrS30-m=jRrCBhgw-nFkn0k9QnFsg@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-13 13:13:24 -04:00
Tom Lane 85ccb6899c Rearrange pgstat_bestart() to avoid failures within its critical section.
We long ago decided to design the shared PgBackendStatus data structure to
minimize the cost of writing status updates, which means that writers just
have to increment the st_changecount field twice.  That isn't hooked into
any sort of resource management mechanism, which means that if something
were to throw error between the two increments, the st_changecount field
would be left odd indefinitely.  That would cause readers to lock up.
Now, since it's also a bad idea to leave the field odd for longer than
absolutely necessary (because readers will spin while we have it set),
the expectation was that we'd treat these segments like spinlock critical
sections, with only short, more or less straight-line, code in them.

That was fine as originally designed, but commit 9029f4b37 broke it
by inserting a significant amount of non-straight-line code into
pgstat_bestart(), code that is very capable of throwing errors, not to
mention taking a significant amount of time during which readers will spin.
We have a report from Neeraj Kumar of readers actually locking up, which
I suspect was due to an encoding conversion error in X509_NAME_to_cstring,
though conceivably it was just a garden-variety OOM failure.

Subsequent commits have loaded even more dubious code into pgstat_bestart's
critical section (and commit fc70a4b0d deserves some kind of booby prize
for managing to miss the critical section entirely, although the negative
consequences seem minimal given that the PgBackendStatus entry should be
seen by readers as inactive at that point).

The right way to fix this mess seems to be to compute all these values
into a local copy of the process' PgBackendStatus struct, and then just
copy the data back within the critical section proper.  This plan can't
be implemented completely cleanly because of the struct's heavy reliance
on out-of-line strings, which we must initialize separately within the
critical section.  But still, the critical section is far smaller and
safer than it was before.

In hopes of forestalling future errors of the same ilk, rename the
macros for st_changecount management to make it more apparent that
the writer-side macros create a critical section.  And to prevent
the worst consequences if we nonetheless manage to mess it up anyway,
adjust those macros so that they really are a critical section, ie
they now bump CritSectionCount.  That doesn't add much overhead, and
it guarantees that if we do somehow throw an error while the counter
is odd, it will lead to PANIC and a database restart to reset shared
memory.

Back-patch to 9.5 where the problem was introduced.

In HEAD, also fix an oversight in commit b0b39f72b: it failed to teach
pgstat_read_current_status to copy st_gssstatus data from shared memory to
local memory.  Hence, subsequent use of that data within the transaction
would potentially see changing data that it shouldn't see.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPR3Wj5Z17=+eeyrn_ZDG3NQGYgMEOY6JV6Y-WRRhGgwc16U3Q@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-11 21:27:29 -04:00
Michael Paquier 752f06443f Fix and improve description of locktag types in lock.h
The description of the lock type for speculative insertions was
incorrect, being copy-pasted from another one.

As discussed, also move the description for all the fields of lock tag
types from the structure listing lock tag types to the set of macros
setting each LOCKTAG.

Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCtA0-ybaC4fFfaDq_8p_TUOLvGxZH9Dm-=TMHZJarBa7Q@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-10 09:35:27 +09:00
Tom Lane 2d7d946cd3 Clean up the behavior and API of catalog.c's is-catalog-relation tests.
The right way for IsCatalogRelation/Class to behave is to return true
for OIDs less than FirstBootstrapObjectId (not FirstNormalObjectId),
without any of the ad-hoc fooling around with schema membership.

The previous code was wrong because (1) it claimed that
information_schema tables were not catalog relations but their toast
tables were, which is silly; and (2) if you dropped and recreated
information_schema, which is a supported operation, the behavior
changed.  That's even sillier.  With this definition, "catalog
relations" are exactly the ones traceable to the postgres.bki data,
which seems like what we want.

With this simplification, we don't actually need access to the pg_class
tuple to identify a catalog relation; we only need its OID.  Hence,
replace IsCatalogClass with "IsCatalogRelationOid(oid)".  But keep
IsCatalogRelation as a convenience function.

This allows fixing some arguably-wrong semantics in contrib/sepgsql and
ReindexRelationConcurrently, which were using an IsSystemNamespace test
where what they really should be using is IsCatalogRelationOid.  The
previous coding failed to protect toast tables of system catalogs, and
also was not on board with the general principle that user-created tables
do not become catalogs just by virtue of being renamed into pg_catalog.
We can also get rid of a messy hack in ReindexMultipleTables.

While we're at it, also rename IsSystemNamespace to IsCatalogNamespace,
because the previous name invited confusion with the more expansive
semantics used by IsSystemRelation/Class.

Also improve the comments in catalog.c.

There are a few remaining places in replication-related code that are
special-casing OIDs below FirstNormalObjectId.  I'm inclined to think
those are wrong too, and if there should be any special case it should
just extend to FirstBootstrapObjectId.  But first we need to debate
whether a FOR ALL TABLES publication should include information_schema.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21697.1557092753@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15150.1557257111@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-08 23:27:38 -04:00
Etsuro Fujita b7434dc007 Add missing periods to comments. 2019-05-08 16:49:09 +09:00
Fujii Masao b84dbc8eb8 Add TRUNCATE parameter to VACUUM.
This commit adds new parameter to VACUUM command, TRUNCATE,
which specifies that VACUUM should attempt to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table and allow the disk space
for the truncated pages to be returned to the operating system.

This parameter, if specified, overrides the vacuum_truncate
reloption. If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD+qtrSDL=GSma4Wd3kLYLeRC0hPna-YAdkDeV4z156vg@mail.gmail.com
2019-05-08 02:10:33 +09:00
Amit Kapila 7db0cde6b5 Revert "Avoid the creation of the free space map for small heap relations".
This feature was using a process local map to track the first few blocks
in the relation.  The map was reset each time we get the block with enough
freespace.  It was discussed that it would be better to track this map on
a per-relation basis in relcache and then invalidate the same whenever
vacuum frees up some space in the page or when FSM is created.  The new
design would be better both in terms of API design and performance.

List of commits reverted, in reverse chronological order:

06c8a5090e  Improve code comments in b0eaa4c51b.
13e8643bfc  During pg_upgrade, conditionally skip transfer of FSMs.
6f918159a9  Add more tests for FSM.
9c32e4c350  Clear the local map when not used.
29d108cdec  Update the documentation for FSM behavior..
08ecdfe7e5  Make FSM test portable.
b0eaa4c51b  Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416180452.3pm6uegx54iitbt5@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-05-07 09:30:24 +05:30
Tom Lane f884dca495 Remove RelationSetIndexList().
In the wake of commit f912d7dec, RelationSetIndexList isn't used any
more.  It was always a horrid wart, so getting rid of it is very nice.
We can also convert rd_indexvalid back to a plain boolean.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28926.1556664156@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-05-03 10:26:14 -04:00
Magnus Hagander 659e53498c Fix union for pgstat message types
The message type for temp files and for checksum failures were missing
from the union. Due to the coding style used there was no compiler error
when this happend. So change the code to actively use the union thereby
producing a compiler error if the same mistake happens again, suggested
by Tom Lane.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reported-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190430163328.zd4rrlnbvgaqlcdz@development
2019-05-01 12:30:44 +02:00
Andres Freund 5c1560606d Fix several recently introduced issues around handling new relation forks.
Most of these stem from d25f519107 "tableam: relation creation, VACUUM
FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.".

1) To pass data to the relation_set_new_filenode()
   RelationSetNewRelfilenode() was made to update RelationData.rd_rel
   directly. That's not OK however, as it makes the relcache entries
   temporarily inconsistent. Which among other scenarios is a problem
   if a REINDEX targets an index on pg_class - the
   CatalogTupleUpdate() in RelationSetNewRelfilenode().  Presumably
   that was introduced because other places in the code do so - while
   those aren't "good practice" they don't appear to be actively
   buggy (e.g. because system tables may not be targeted).

   I (Andres) should have caught this while reviewing and signficantly
   evolving the code in that commit, mea culpa.

   Fix that by instead passing in the new RelFileNode as separate
   argument to relation_set_new_filenode() and rely on the relcache to
   update the catalog entry. Also revert that the
   RelationMapUpdateMap() call was changed to immediate, and undo some
   other more unnecessary changes.

2) Document that the relation_set_new_filenode cannot rely on the
   whole relcache entry to be valid. It might be worthwhile to
   refactor the code to never have to rely on that, but given the way
   heap_create() is currently coded, that'd be a large change.

3) ATExecSetTableSpace() shouldn't do FlushRelationBuffers() itself. A
   table AM might not use shared buffers at all. Move to
   index_copy_data() and heapam_relation_copy_data().

4) heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() previously sometimes accessed
   rel->rd_rel->relpersistence rather than the `persistence`
   argument. Code movement mistake.

5) Previously heapam_relation_set_new_filenode() re-opened the smgr
   relation to create the init for, if necesary. Instead have
   RelationCreateStorage() return the SMgrRelation and use it to
   create the init fork.

6) Add a note about the danger of modifying the relcache directly to
   ATExecSetTableSpace() - it's currently not a bug because there's a
   check ERRORing for catalog tables.

Regression tests and assertion improvements that together trigger the
bug described in 1) will be added in a later commit, as there is a
related bug on all branches.

Reported-By: Michael Paquier
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190418011430.GA19133@paquier.xyz
2019-04-29 19:28:05 -07:00
Tom Lane a1a789eb5a In walreceiver, don't try to do ereport() in a signal handler.
This is quite unsafe, even for the case of ereport(FATAL) where we won't
return control to the interrupted code, and despite this code's use of
a flag to restrict the areas where we'd try to do it.  It's possible
for example that we interrupt malloc or free while that's holding a lock
that's meant to protect against cross-thread interference.  Then, any
attempt to do malloc or free within ereport() will result in a deadlock,
preventing the walreceiver process from exiting in response to SIGTERM.
We hypothesize that this explains some hard-to-reproduce failures seen
in the buildfarm.

Hence, get rid of the immediate-exit code in WalRcvShutdownHandler,
as well as the logic associated with WalRcvImmediateInterruptOK.
Instead, we need to take care that potentially-blocking operations
in the walreceiver's data transmission logic (libpqwalreceiver.c)
will respond reasonably promptly to the process's latch becoming
set and then call ProcessWalRcvInterrupts.  Much of the needed code
for that was already present in libpqwalreceiver.c.  I refactored
things a bit so that all the uses of PQgetResult use latch-aware
waiting, but didn't need to do much more.

These changes should be enough to ensure that libpqwalreceiver.c
will respond promptly to SIGTERM whenever it's waiting to receive
data.  In principle, it could block for a long time while waiting
to send data too, and this patch does nothing to guard against that.
I think that that hazard is mostly theoretical though: such blocking
should occur only if we fill the kernel's data transmission buffers,
and we don't generally send enough data to make that happen without
waiting for input.  If we find out that the hazard isn't just
theoretical, we could fix it by using PQsetnonblocking, but that
would require more ticklish changes than I care to make now.

This is a bug fix, but it seems like too big a change to push into
the back branches without much more testing than there's time for
right now.  Perhaps we'll back-patch once we have more confidence
in the change.

Patch by me; thanks to Thomas Munro for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190416070119.GK2673@paquier.xyz
2019-04-29 12:26:07 -04:00
Tom Lane c3f67ed6e4 Do pre-release housekeeping on catalog data, and fix jsonpath send/recv.
Run renumber_oids.pl to move high-numbered OIDs down, as per pre-beta
tasks specified by RELEASE_CHANGES.  (The only change is 8394 -> 3428.)

Also run reformat_dat_file.pl while I'm here.

While looking at the reformat diffs, I chanced to notice that type
jsonpath had typsend and typreceive = '-', which surely is not the
intention given that jsonpath_send and jsonpath_recv exist.
Fix that.  It's safe to assume that these functions have never been
tested :-(.  I didn't try, but somebody should.
2019-04-28 17:16:50 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 87259588d0 Fix tablespace inheritance for partitioned rels
Commit ca4103025d left a few loose ends.  The most important one
(broken pg_dump output) is already fixed by virtue of commit
3b23552ad8, but some things remained:

* When ALTER TABLE rewrites tables, the indexes must remain in the
  tablespace they were originally in.  This didn't work because
  index recreation during ALTER TABLE runs manufactured SQL (yuck),
  which runs afoul of default_tablespace in competition with the parent
  relation tablespace.  To fix, reset default_tablespace to the empty
  string temporarily, and add the TABLESPACE clause as appropriate.

* Setting a partitioned rel's tablespace to the database default is
  confusing; if it worked, it would direct the partitions to that
  tablespace regardless of default_tablespace.  But in reality it does
  not work, and making it work is a larger project.  Therefore, throw
  an error when this condition is detected, to alert the unwary.

Add some docs and tests, too.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f_1c260nOt_vBJ067AZ3JXptXVRohDVMLEBmudX1YEx-A@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-25 10:31:32 -04:00
Andres Freund fdc7efcc30 Allow pg_class xid & multixid horizons to not be set.
This allows table AMs that don't need these horizons. This was already
documented in the tableam relation_set_new_filenode callback, but an
assert prevented if from actually working (the test AM code contained
the change itself). Defang the asserts in the general code, and move
the stronger ones into heap AM.

Relatedly, after CLUSTER/VACUUM, we'd always assign a relfrozenxid /
relminmxid. Change the table_relation_copy_for_cluster() interface to
allow the AM to overwrite the horizons that get set on the pg_class
entry.  This'd also in the future allow AMs like heap to compute a
relfrozenxid during rewrite that's the table's actual minimum rather
than a pre-determined value.  Arguably it'd have been better to move
the whole computation / setting of those values into the callback, but
it seems likely that for other reasons it'd be better to be able to
use one value to vacuum/cluster multiple tables (e.g. a toast's
horizon shouldn't be different than the table's).

Reported-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a7fb9cc-2419-5db7-8840-ddc10c93f122@iki.fi
2019-04-23 21:42:12 -07:00
Tom Lane e0fb4c9d01 Remove useless comment.
Commit e439c6f0c removed IndexStmt.relationId, but not the comment
that had been added to explain it.  Said comment was therefore
very confusing.
2019-04-23 17:17:26 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 9b10926263 Prevent O(N^2) unique index insertion edge case.
Commit dd299df8 made nbtree treat heap TID as a tiebreaker column,
establishing the principle that there is only one correct location (page
and page offset number) for every index tuple, no matter what.
Insertions of tuples into non-unique indexes proceed as if heap TID
(scan key's scantid) is just another user-attribute value, but
insertions into unique indexes are more delicate.  The TID value in
scantid must initially be omitted to ensure that the unique index
insertion visits every leaf page that duplicates could be on.  The
scantid is set once again after unique checking finishes successfully,
which can force _bt_findinsertloc() to step right one or more times, to
locate the leaf page that the new tuple must be inserted on.

Stepping right within _bt_findinsertloc() was assumed to occur no more
frequently than stepping right within _bt_check_unique(), but there was
one important case where that assumption was incorrect: inserting a
"duplicate" with NULL values.  Since _bt_check_unique() didn't do any
real work in this case, it wasn't appropriate for _bt_findinsertloc() to
behave as if it was finishing off a conventional unique insertion, where
any existing physical duplicate must be dead or recently dead.
_bt_findinsertloc() might have to grovel through a substantial portion
of all of the leaf pages in the index to insert a single tuple, even
when there were no dead tuples.

To fix, treat insertions of tuples with NULLs into a unique index as if
they were insertions into a non-unique index: never unset scantid before
calling _bt_search() to descend the tree, and bypass _bt_check_unique()
entirely.  _bt_check_unique() is no longer responsible for incoming
tuples with NULL values.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm08nr+JPx4jMOa9CGqxWYDQ-_D4wtPBiKghXAUiUy-nQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-23 10:33:57 -07:00
Tom Lane f4a3fdfbdc Avoid order-of-execution problems with ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY.
Up to now, DefineIndex() was responsible for adding attnotnull constraints
to the columns of a primary key, in any case where it hadn't been
convenient for transformIndexConstraint() to mark those columns as
is_not_null.  It (or rather its minion index_check_primary_key) did this
by executing an ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL command for the target table.

The trouble with this solution is that if we're creating the index due
to ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY, and the outer ALTER TABLE has additional
sub-commands, the inner ALTER TABLE's operations executed at the wrong
time with respect to the outer ALTER TABLE's operations.  In particular,
the inner ALTER would perform a validation scan at a point where the
table's storage might be inconsistent with its catalog entries.  (This is
on the hairy edge of being a security problem, but AFAICS it isn't one
because the inner scan would only be interested in the tuples' null
bitmaps.)  This can result in unexpected failures, such as the one seen
in bug #15580 from Allison Kaptur.

To fix, let's remove the attempt to do SET NOT NULL from DefineIndex(),
reducing index_check_primary_key's role to verifying that the columns are
already not null.  (It shouldn't ever see such a case, but it seems wise
to keep the check for safety.)  Instead, make transformIndexConstraint()
generate ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL subcommands to be executed ahead of
the ADD PRIMARY KEY operation in every case where it can't force the
column to be created already-not-null.  This requires only minor surgery
in parse_utilcmd.c, and it makes for a much more satisfying spec for
transformIndexConstraint(): it's no longer having to take it on faith
that someone else will handle addition of NOT NULL constraints.

To make that work, we have to move the execution of AT_SetNotNull into
an ALTER pass that executes ahead of AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX.  I moved it to
AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, and put that after AT_PASS_ADD_COL to avoid failure
when the column is being added in the same command.  This incidentally
fixes a bug in the only previous usage of AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, for
AT_SetIdentity: it didn't work either for a newly-added column.

Playing around with this exposed a separate bug in ALTER TABLE ONLY ...
ADD PRIMARY KEY for partitioned tables.  The intent of the ONLY modifier
in that context is to prevent doing anything that would require holding
lock for a long time --- but the implied SET NOT NULL would recurse to
the child partitions, and do an expensive validation scan for any child
where the column(s) were not already NOT NULL.  To fix that, invent a
new ALTER subcommand AT_CheckNotNull that just insists that a child
column be already NOT NULL, and apply that, not AT_SetNotNull, when
recursing to children in this scenario.  This results in a slightly laxer
definition of ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL for partitioned tables,
too: that command will now work as long as all children are already NOT
NULL, whereas before it just threw up its hands if there were any
partitions.

In passing, clean up the API of generateClonedIndexStmt(): remove a
useless argument, ensure that the output argument is not left undefined,
update the header comment.

A small side effect of this change is that no-such-column errors in ALTER
TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY now produce a different message that includes the
table name, because they are now detected by the SET NOT NULL step which
has historically worded its error that way.  That seems fine to me, so
I didn't make any effort to avoid the wording change.

The basic bug #15580 is of very long standing, and these other bugs
aren't new in v12 either.  However, this is a pretty significant change
in the way ALTER TABLE ADD PRIMARY KEY works.  On balance it seems best
not to back-patch, at least not till we get some more confidence that
this patch has no new bugs.

Patch by me, but thanks to Jie Zhang for a preliminary version.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15580-d1a6de5a3d65da51@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1396E95157071C4EBBA51892C5368521017F2E6E63@G08CNEXMBPEKD02.g08.fujitsu.local
2019-04-23 12:25:27 -04:00
Michael Paquier ccae190b91 Fix detection of passwords hashed with MD5 or SCRAM-SHA-256
This commit fixes a couple of issues related to the way password
verifiers hashed with MD5 or SCRAM-SHA-256 are detected, leading to
being able to store in catalogs passwords which do not follow the
supported hash formats:
- A MD5-hashed entry was checked based on if its header uses "md5" and
if the string length matches what is expected.  Unfortunately the code
never checked if the hash only used hexadecimal characters, as reported
by Tom Lane.
- A SCRAM-hashed entry was checked based on only its header, which
should be "SCRAM-SHA-256$", but it never checked for any fields
afterwards, as reported by Jonathan Katz.

Backpatch down to v10, which is where SCRAM has been introduced, and
where password verifiers in plain format have been removed.

Author: Jonathan Katz
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/016deb6b-1f0a-8e9f-1833-a8675b170aa9@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 10
2019-04-23 15:43:21 +09:00
Andres Freund b5f58cf213 Convert gist to compute page level xid horizon on primary.
Due to parallel development, gist added the missing conflict
information in c952eae52a, while 558a9165e0 moved that computation
to the primary for the index types that already had it.  Thus adapt
gist to also compute on the primary, using
index_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples() instead of its own copy of the
logic.

This also adds pg_waldump support for XLOG_GIST_DELETE records, which
previously was not properly present.

Bumps WAL version.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190406050243.bszosdg4buvabfrt@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-04-22 14:28:30 -07:00
Tomas Vondra d08c44f7a4 Fix mvdistinct and dependencies size calculations
The formulas used to calculate size while (de)serializing mvndistinct
and functional dependencies were based on offset() of the structs. But
that is incorrect, because the structures are not copied directly, we
we copy the individual fields directly.

At the moment this works fine, because there is no alignment padding
on any platform we support. But it might break if we ever added some
fields into any of the structs, for example. It's also confusing.

Fixed by reworking the macros to directly sum sizes of serialized
fields. The macros are now useful only for serialiation, so there is
no point in keeping them in the public header file. So make them
private by moving them to the .c files.

Also adds a couple more asserts to check the serialization, and fixes
an incorrect allocation of MVDependency instead of (MVDependency *).

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29785.1555365602@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-04-21 20:23:34 +02:00
Andres Freund b8b94ea129 Fix slot type issue for fuzzy distance index scan over out-of-core table AM.
For amcanreorderby scans the nodeIndexscan.c's reorder queue holds
heap tuples, but the underlying table likely does not. Before this fix
we'd return different types of slots, depending on whether the tuple
came from the reorder queue, or from the index + table.

While that could be fixed by signalling that the node doesn't return a
fixed type of slot, it seems better to instead remove the separate
slot for the reorder queue, and use ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() to store
tuples from the queue. It's not particularly common to need
reordering, after all.

This reverts most of the iss_ReorderQueueSlot related changes to
nodeIndexscan.c made in 1a0586de36, except that now
ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() is used instead of ExecStoreHeapTuple().

Noticed when testing zheap against the in-core version of tableam.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-04-19 11:42:37 -07:00
Andres Freund 88e6ad3054 Fix two memory leaks around force-storing tuples in slots.
As reported by Tom, when ExecStoreMinimalTuple() had to perform a
conversion to store the minimal tuple in the slot, it forgot to
respect the shouldFree flag, and leaked the tuple into the current
memory context if true.  Fix that by freeing the tuple in that case.

Looking at the relevant code made me (Andres) realize that not having
the shouldFree parameter to ExecForceStoreHeapTuple() was a bad
idea. Some callers had to locally implement the necessary logic, and
in one case it was missing, creating a potential per-group leak in
non-hashed aggregation.

The choice to not free the tuple in ExecComputeStoredGenerated() is
not pretty, but not introduced by this commit - I'll start a separate
discussion about it.

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/366.1555382816@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-04-19 11:39:56 -07:00
Tom Lane dde7fb7836 Use [FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER] not [1] in MultiSortSupportData.
This struct seems to have not gotten the word about preferred
coding style for variable-length arrays.
2019-04-15 19:32:44 -04:00
Tom Lane 5f1433ac5e Prevent memory leaks associated with relcache rd_partcheck structures.
The original coding of generate_partition_qual() just copied the list
of predicate expressions into the global CacheMemoryContext, making it
effectively impossible to clean up when the owning relcache entry is
destroyed --- the relevant code in RelationDestroyRelation() only managed
to free the topmost List header :-(.  This resulted in a session-lifespan
memory leak whenever a table partition's relcache entry is rebuilt.
Fortunately, that's not normally a large data structure, and rebuilds
shouldn't occur all that often in production situations; but this is
still a bug worth fixing back to v10 where the code was introduced.

To fix, put the cached expression tree into its own small memory context,
as we do with other complicated substructures of relcache entries.
Also, deal more honestly with the case that a partition has an empty
partcheck list; while that probably isn't a case that's very interesting
for production use, it's legal.

In passing, clarify comments about how partitioning-related relcache
data structures are managed, and add some Asserts that we're not leaking
old copies when we overwrite these data fields.

Amit Langote and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7961.1552498252@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-04-13 13:22:26 -04:00
Noah Misch c098509927 Consistently test for in-use shared memory.
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process.  When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks.  Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios.  This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start".  A postmaster
will no longer stop if shmat() of an old segment fails with EACCES.  A
postmaster will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data
directories.  That's good for production, but it's bad for integration
tests that crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory.
Such a test now leaks a segment indefinitely.  No "make check-world"
test does that.  win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems.  In
9.6 and later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing.  Back-patch
to 9.4 (all supported versions).

Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190408064141.GA2016666@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-04-12 22:36:38 -07:00
Magnus Hagander 77bd49adba Show shared object statistics in pg_stat_database
This adds a row to the pg_stat_database view with datoid 0 and datname
NULL for those objects that are not in a database. This was added
particularly for checksums, but we were already tracking more satistics
for these objects, just not returning it.

Also add a checksum_last_failure column that holds the timestamptz of
the last checksum failure that occurred in a database (or in a
non-dataabase file), if any.

Author: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
2019-04-12 14:04:50 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut ef6f30fe77 Fix REINDEX CONCURRENTLY of partitions
In case of a partition index, when swapping the old and new index, we
also need to attach the new index as a partition and detach the old
one.  Also, to handle partition indexes, we not only need to change
dependencies referencing the index, but also dependencies of the index
referencing something else.  The previous code did this only
specifically for a constraint, but we also need to do this for
partitioned indexes.  So instead write a generic function that does it
for all dependencies.

Author: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/DF4PR8401MB11964EDB77C860078C343BEBEE5A0%40DF4PR8401MB1196.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM#154df1fedb735190a773481765f7b874
2019-04-12 08:36:05 +02:00
Amit Kapila bdf35744bd Avoid counting transaction stats for parallel worker cooperating
transaction.

The transaction that is initiated by the parallel worker to cooperate
with the actual transaction started by the main backend to complete the
query execution should not be counted as a separate transaction.  The
other internal transactions started and committed by the parallel worker
are still counted as separate transactions as we that is what we do in
other places like autovacuum.

This will partially fix the bloat in transaction stats due to additional
transactions performed by parallel workers.  For a complete fix, we need to
decide how we want to show all the transactions that are started internally
for various operations and that is a matter of separate patch.

Reported-by: Haribabu Kommi
Author: Haribabu Kommi
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Jamison Kirk and Rahila Syed
Backpatch-through: 9.6
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGc9=jKXuScvNyQ+VNhO0FZk7LLAShAJRyZjnedd2D61EQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-10 08:24:15 +05:30
Thomas Munro d614aae02e Improve comment in sync.h.
Per off-list complaint from Andres Freund.
2019-04-10 12:49:49 +12:00
Noah Misch 617dc6d299 Avoid "could not reattach" by providing space for concurrent allocation.
We've long had reports of intermittent "could not reattach to shared
memory" errors on Windows.  Buildfarm member dory fails that way when
PGSharedMemoryReAttach() execution overlaps with creation of a thread
for the process's "default thread pool".  Fix that by providing a second
region to receive asynchronous allocations that would otherwise intrude
into UsedShmemSegAddr.  In pgwin32_ReserveSharedMemoryRegion(), stop
trying to free reservations landing at incorrect addresses; the caller's
next step has been to terminate the affected process.  Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).

Reviewed by Tom Lane.  He also did much of the prerequisite research;
see commit bcbf2346d6.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190402135442.GA1173872@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-04-08 21:39:00 -07:00
Andres Freund 6421011ea2 tableam: comment and formatting fixes.
Author: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9a7fb9cc-2419-5db7-8840-ddc10c93f122@iki.fi
2019-04-08 16:24:36 -07:00
Fujii Masao 119dcfad98 Add vacuum_truncate reloption.
vacuum_truncate controls whether vacuum tries to truncate off
any empty pages at the end of the table. Previously vacuum always
tried to do the truncation. However, the truncation could cause
some problems; for example, ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock needs to
be taken on the table during the truncation and can cause
the query cancellation on the standby even if hot_standby_feedback
is true. Setting this reloption to false can be helpful to avoid
such problems.

Author: Tsunakawa Takayuki
Reviewed-By: Julien Rouhaud, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Kirk Jamison and Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHGQGwE5UqFqSq1=kV3QtTUtXphTdyHA-8rAj4A=Y+e4kyp3BQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-08 16:43:57 +09:00
Andres Freund 41f5e04aec Fix a number of issues around modifying a previously updated row.
This commit fixes three, unfortunately related, issues:

1) Since 5db6df0c01, the introduction of DML via tableam, it was
   possible to trigger "ERROR: unexpected table_lock_tuple status: 1"
   when updating a row that was previously updated in the same
   transaction - but only when the previously updated row was before
   updated in a concurrent transaction (and READ COMMITTED was
   used). The reason for that was that that case simply wasn't
   expected. Fixing that lead to:

2) Even before the above commit, there were error checks (introduced
   in 6868ed7491) preventing a row being updated by different
   commands within the same statement (say in a function called by an
   UPDATE) - but that check wasn't performed when the row was first
   updated in a concurrent transaction - instead the second update was
   silently skipped in that case. After this change we throw the same
   error as we'd without the concurrent transaction.

3) The error messages (introduced in 6868ed7491) preventing such
   updates emitted the same error message for both DELETE and
   UPDATE ("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation
   triggered by the current command"). While that could be changed
   separately, it made it hard to write tests that verify the correct
   correct behavior of the code.

This commit changes heap's implementation of table_lock_tuple() to
return TM_SelfModified instead of TM_Invisible (previously loosely
modeled after EvalPlanQualFetch), and teaches nodeModifyTable.c to
handle that in response to table_lock_tuple() and not just in response
to table_(delete|update).

Additionally it fixes the wrong error message (see 3 above). The
comment for table_lock_tuple() is also adjusted to state that
TM_Deleted won't return information in TM_FailureData - it'll not
always be available.

This also adds tests to ensure that DELETE/UPDATE correctly error out
when affecting a row that concurrently was modified by another
transaction.

Author: Andres Freund
Reported-By: Tom Lane, when investigating a bug bug fix to another bug
    by Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19321.1554567786@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-04-07 22:14:47 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 03f9e5cba0 Report progress of REINDEX operations
This uses the same infrastructure that the CREATE INDEX progress
reporting uses.  Add a column to pg_stat_progress_create_index to
report the OID of the index being worked on.  This was not necessary
for CREATE INDEX, but it's useful for REINDEX.

Also edit the phase descriptions a bit to be more consistent with the
source code comments.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ef6a6757-c36a-9e81-123f-13b19e36b7d7%402ndquadrant.com
2019-04-07 12:35:29 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 106f2eb664 Cast pg_stat_progress_cluster.cluster_index_relid to oid
It's tracked internally as bigint, but when presented to the user it
should be oid.
2019-04-07 10:31:32 +02:00
Michael Paquier 249d649996 Add support TCP user timeout in libpq and the backend server
Similarly to the set of parameters for keepalive, a connection parameter
for libpq is added as well as a backend GUC, called tcp_user_timeout.

Increasing the TCP user timeout is useful to allow a connection to
survive extended periods without end-to-end connection, and decreasing
it allows application to fail faster.  By default, the parameter is 0,
which makes the connection use the system default, and follows a logic
close to the keepalive parameters in its handling.  When connecting
through a Unix-socket domain, the parameters have no effect.

Author: Ryohei Nagaura
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Kirk
Jamison, Mikalai Keida, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Andrei Yahorau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EDA4195584F5064680D8130B1CA91C45367328@G01JPEXMBYT04
2019-04-06 15:23:37 +09:00
Tom Lane 959d00e9db Use Append rather than MergeAppend for scanning ordered partitions.
If we need ordered output from a scan of a partitioned table, but
the ordering matches the partition ordering, then we don't need to
use a MergeAppend to combine the pre-ordered per-partition scan
results: a plain Append will produce the same results.  This
both saves useless comparison work inside the MergeAppend proper,
and allows us to start returning tuples after istarting up just
the first child node not all of them.

However, all is not peaches and cream, because if some of the
child nodes have high startup costs then there will be big
discontinuities in the tuples-returned-versus-elapsed-time curve.
The planner's cost model cannot handle that (yet, anyway).
If we model the Append's startup cost as being just the first
child's startup cost, we may drastically underestimate the cost
of fetching slightly more tuples than are available from the first
child.  Since we've had bad experiences with over-optimistic choices
of "fast start" plans for ORDER BY LIMIT queries, that seems scary.
As a klugy workaround, set the startup cost estimate for an ordered
Append to be the sum of its children's startup costs (as MergeAppend
would).  This doesn't really describe reality, but it's less likely
to cause a bad plan choice than an underestimated startup cost would.
In practice, the cases where we really care about this optimization
will have child plans that are IndexScans with zero startup cost,
so that the overly conservative estimate is still just zero.

David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Antonin Houska

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f-hAqhPLRk_RaSFTgYxd=Tz5hA7kQ2h4-DhJufQk8TGuw@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-05 19:20:43 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 9f06d79ef8 Add facility to copy replication slots
This allows the user to create duplicates of existing replication slots,
either logical or physical, and even changing properties such as whether
they are temporary or the output plugin used.

There are multiple uses for this, such as initializing multiple replicas
using the slot for one base backup; when doing investigation of logical
replication issues; and to select a different output plugins.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAm7XX8y_tOPP6j4Nzzch12FvA1wPqiO690RCk+uYVstg@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-05 18:05:18 -03:00
Noah Misch 82150a05be Revert "Consistently test for in-use shared memory."
This reverts commits 2f932f71d9,
16ee6eaf80 and
6f0e190056.  The buildfarm has revealed
several bugs.  Back-patch like the original commits.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190404145319.GA1720877@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-04-05 00:00:52 -07:00
Andres Freund ea97e440b8 Harden tableam against nonexistant / wrong kind of AMs.
Previously it was allowed to set default_table_access_method to an
empty string. That makes sense for default_tablespace, where that was
copied from, as it signals falling back to the database's default
tablespace. As there is no equivalent for table AMs, forbid that.

Also make sure to throw a usable error when creating a table using an
index AM, by using get_am_type_oid() to implement get_table_am_oid()
instead of a separate copy. Previously we'd error out only later, in
GetTableAmRoutine().

Thirdly remove GetTableAmRoutineByAmId() - it was only used in an
earlier version of 8586bf7ed8.

Add tests for the above (some for index AMs as well).
2019-04-04 17:39:39 -07:00
Andres Freund 86b85044e8 tableam: Add table_multi_insert() and revamp/speed-up COPY FROM buffering.
This adds table_multi_insert(), and converts COPY FROM, the only user
of heap_multi_insert, to it.

A simple conversion of COPY FROM use slots would have yielded a
slowdown when inserting into a partitioned table for some
workloads. Different partitions might need different slots (both slot
types and their descriptors), and dropping / creating slots when
there's constant partition changes is measurable.

Thus instead revamp the COPY FROM buffering for partitioned tables to
allow to buffer inserts into multiple tables, flushing only when
limits are reached across all partition buffers. By only dropping
slots when there've been inserts into too many different partitions,
the aforementioned overhead is gone. By allowing larger batches, even
when there are frequent partition changes, we actuall speed such cases
up significantly.

By using slots COPY of very narrow rows into unlogged / temporary
might slow down very slightly (due to the indirect function calls).

Author: David Rowley, Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190327054923.t3epfuewxfqdt22e@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-04-04 16:28:18 -07:00
Robert Haas a96c41feec Allow VACUUM to be run with index cleanup disabled.
This commit adds a new reloption, vacuum_index_cleanup, which
controls whether index cleanup is performed for a particular
relation by default.  It also adds a new option to the VACUUM
command, INDEX_CLEANUP, which can be used to override the
reloption.  If neither the reloption nor the VACUUM option is
used, the default is true, as before.

Masahiko Sawada, reviewed and tested by Nathan Bossart, Alvaro
Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Darafei Praliaskouski, and me.
The wording of the documentation is mostly due to me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAt5R3DNUZSjOoXDUY=naYPUOuffVsRzuTYMz29yLzQCA@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-04 15:04:43 -04:00
Stephen Frost 87e16db5eb Move the be_gssapi_get_* prototypes
The be_gssapi_get_* prototypes were put close to similar ones for SSL-
but a bit too close since that meant they ended up only being included
for SSL-enabled builds.  Move those to be under ENABLE_GSS instead.

Pointed out by Tom.
2019-04-04 11:11:46 -04:00
Thomas Munro 3eb77eba5a Refactor the fsync queue for wider use.
Previously, md.c and checkpointer.c were tightly integrated so that
fsync calls could be handed off and processed in the background.
Introduce a system of callbacks and file tags, so that other modules
can hand off fsync work in the same way.

For now only md.c uses the new interface, but other users are being
proposed.  Since there may be use cases that are not strictly SMGR
implementations, use a new function table for sync handlers rather
than extending the traditional SMGR one.

Instead of using a bitmapset of segment numbers for each RelFileNode
in the checkpointer's hash table, make the segment number part of the
key.  This requires sending explicit "forget" requests for every
segment individually when relations are dropped, but suits the file
layout schemes of proposed future users better (ie sparse or high
segment numbers).

Author: Shawn Debnath and Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2gTANm=e3ARnJT=n0h8hf88wqmaZxk0JYkxw+b21fNrw@mail.gmail.com
2019-04-04 23:38:38 +13:00
Andres Freund b73c3a1196 tableam: basic documentation.
This adds documentation about the user oriented parts of table access
methods (i.e. the default_table_access_method GUC and the USING clause
for CREATE TABLE etc), adds a basic chapter about the table access
method interface, and adds a note to storage.sgml that it's contents
don't necessarily apply for non-builtin AMs.

Author: Haribabu Kommi and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-04-03 17:40:29 -07:00
Noah Misch 2f932f71d9 Consistently test for in-use shared memory.
postmaster startup scrutinizes any shared memory segment recorded in
postmaster.pid, exiting if that segment matches the current data
directory and has an attached process.  When the postmaster.pid file was
missing, a starting postmaster used weaker checks.  Change to use the
same checks in both scenarios.  This increases the chance of a startup
failure, in lieu of data corruption, if the DBA does "kill -9 `head -n1
postmaster.pid` && rm postmaster.pid && pg_ctl -w start".  A postmaster
will no longer recycle segments pertaining to other data directories.
That's good for production, but it's bad for integration tests that
crash a postmaster and immediately delete its data directory.  Such a
test now leaks a segment indefinitely.  No "make check-world" test does
that.  win32_shmem.c already avoided all these problems.  In 9.6 and
later, enhance PostgresNode to facilitate testing.  Back-patch to 9.4
(all supported versions).

Reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson and Kyotaro HORIGUCHI.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20130911033341.GD225735@tornado.leadboat.com
2019-04-03 17:03:46 -07:00
Tomas Vondra ea569d64ac Add SETTINGS option to EXPLAIN, to print modified settings.
Query planning is affected by a number of configuration options, and it
may be crucial to know which of those options were set to non-default
values.  With this patch you can say EXPLAIN (SETTINGS ON) to include
that information in the query plan.  Only options affecting planning,
with values different from the built-in default are printed.

This patch also adds auto_explain.log_settings option, providing the
same capability in auto_explain module.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e1791b4c-df9c-be02-edc5-7c8874944be0@2ndquadrant.com
2019-04-04 00:04:31 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 799e220346 Log all statements from a sample of transactions
This is useful to obtain a view of the different transaction types in an
application, regardless of the durations of the statements each runs.

Author: Adrien Nayrat
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Hayato Kuroda, Andres Freund
2019-04-03 18:43:59 -03:00
Tomas Vondra c50b3158bf Reduce overhead of pg_mcv_list (de)serialization
Commit ea4e1c0e8f resolved issues with memory alignment in serialized
pg_mcv_list values, but it required copying data to/from the varlena
buffer during serialization and deserialization.  As the MCV lits may
be fairly large, the overhead (memory consumption, CPU usage) can get
rather significant too.

This change tweaks the serialization format so that the alignment is
correct with respect to the varlena value, and so the parts may be
accessed directly without copying the data.

Catversion bump, as it affects existing pg_statistic_ext data.
2019-04-03 21:23:40 +02:00
Stephen Frost b0b39f72b9 GSSAPI encryption support
On both the frontend and backend, prepare for GSSAPI encryption
support by moving common code for error handling into a separate file.
Fix a TODO for handling multiple status messages in the process.
Eliminate the OIDs, which have not been needed for some time.

Add frontend and backend encryption support functions.  Keep the
context initiation for authentication-only separate on both the
frontend and backend in order to avoid concerns about changing the
requested flags to include encryption support.

In postmaster, pull GSSAPI authorization checking into a shared
function.  Also share the initiator name between the encryption and
non-encryption codepaths.

For HBA, add "hostgssenc" and "hostnogssenc" entries that behave
similarly to their SSL counterparts.  "hostgssenc" requires either
"gss", "trust", or "reject" for its authentication.

Similarly, add a "gssencmode" parameter to libpq.  Supported values are
"disable", "require", and "prefer".  Notably, negotiation will only be
attempted if credentials can be acquired.  Move credential acquisition
into its own function to support this behavior.

Add a simple pg_stat_gssapi view similar to pg_stat_ssl, for monitoring
if GSSAPI authentication was used, what principal was used, and if
encryption is being used on the connection.

Finally, add documentation for everything new, and update existing
documentation on connection security.

Thanks to Michael Paquier for the Windows fixes.

Author: Robbie Harwood, with changes to the read/write functions by me.
Reviewed in various forms and at different times by: Michael Paquier,
   Andres Freund, David Steele.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/jlg1tgq1ktm.fsf@thriss.redhat.com
2019-04-03 15:02:33 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera f56f8f8da6 Support foreign keys that reference partitioned tables
Previously, while primary keys could be made on partitioned tables, it
was not possible to define foreign keys that reference those primary
keys.  Now it is possible to do that.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181102234158.735b3fevta63msbj@alvherre.pgsql
2019-04-03 14:40:21 -03:00
Heikki Linnakangas 9155580fd5 Generate less WAL during GiST, GIN and SP-GiST index build.
Instead of WAL-logging every modification during the build separately,
first build the index without any WAL-logging, and make a separate pass
through the index at the end, to write all pages to the WAL. This
significantly reduces the amount of WAL generated, and is usually also
faster, despite the extra I/O needed for the extra scan through the index.
WAL generated this way is also faster to replay.

For GiST, the LSN-NSN interlock makes this a little tricky. All pages must
be marked with a valid (i.e. non-zero) LSN, so that the parent-child
LSN-NSN interlock works correctly. We now use magic value 1 for that during
index build. Change the fake LSN counter to begin from 1000, so that 1 is
safely smaller than any real or fake LSN. 2 would've been enough for our
purposes, but let's reserve a bigger range, in case we need more special
values in the future.

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova, Andrey V. Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Dmitry Dolgov
2019-04-03 17:03:15 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera ab0dfc961b Report progress of CREATE INDEX operations
This uses the progress reporting infrastructure added by c16dc1aca5,
adding support for CREATE INDEX and CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY.

There are two pieces to this: one is index-AM-agnostic, and the other is
AM-specific.  The latter is fairly elaborate for btrees, including
reportage for parallel index builds and the separate phases that btree
index creation uses; other index AMs, which are much simpler in their
building procedures, have simplistic reporting only, but that seems
sufficient, at least for non-concurrent builds.

The index-AM-agnostic part is fairly complete, providing insight into
the CONCURRENTLY wait phases as well as block-based progress during the
index validation table scan.  (The index validation index scan requires
patching each AM, which has not been included here.)

Reviewers: Rahila Syed, Pavan Deolasee, Tatsuro Yamada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181220220022.mg63bhk26zdpvmcj@alvherre.pgsql
2019-04-02 15:18:08 -03:00
Stephen Frost 4d0e994eed Add support for partial TOAST decompression
When asked for a slice of a TOAST entry, decompress enough to return the
slice instead of decompressing the entire object.

For use cases where the slice is at, or near, the beginning of the entry,
this avoids a lot of unnecessary decompression work.

This changes the signature of pglz_decompress() by adding a boolean to
indicate if it's ok for the call to finish before consuming all of the
source or destination buffers.

Author: Paul Ramsey
Reviewed-By: Rafia Sabih, Darafei Praliaskouski, Regina Obe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACowWR07EDm7Y4m2kbhN_jnys%3DBBf9A6768RyQdKm_%3DNpkcaWg%40mail.gmail.com
2019-04-02 12:35:32 -04:00
Etsuro Fujita d50d172e51 postgres_fdw: Perform the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel operations remotely.
The upper-planner pathification allows FDWs to arrange to push down
different types of upper-stage operations to the remote side.  This
commit teaches postgres_fdw to do it for the (FINAL, NULL) upperrel,
which is responsible for doing LockRows, LIMIT, and/or ModifyTable.
This provides the ability for postgres_fdw to handle SELECT commands
so that it 1) skips the LockRows step (if any) (note that this is
safe since it performs early locking) and 2) pushes down the LIMIT
and/or OFFSET restrictions (if any) to the remote side.  This doesn't
handle the INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE cases.

Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska and Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnz1aby9.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-04-02 20:30:45 +09:00
Etsuro Fujita aef65db676 Refactor create_limit_path() to share cost adjustment code with FDWs.
This is in preparation for an upcoming commit.

Author: Etsuro Fujita
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska and Jeff Janes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87pnz1aby9.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-04-02 19:55:12 +09:00
Thomas Munro 475861b261 Add wal_recycle and wal_init_zero GUCs.
On at least ZFS, it can be beneficial to create new WAL files every
time and not to bother zero-filling them.  Since it's not clear which
other filesystems might benefit from one or both of those things,
add individual GUCs to control those two behaviors independently and
make only very general statements in the docs.

Author: Jerry Jelinek, with some adjustments by Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Robert Haas and others
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPQ5Fo00QR7LNAcd1ZjgoBi4y97%2BK760YABs0vQHH5dLdkkMA%40mail.gmail.com
2019-04-02 14:37:14 +13:00
Andres Freund d45e401586 tableam: Add table_finish_bulk_insert().
This replaces the previous calls of heap_sync() in places using
bulk-insert. By passing in the flags used for bulk-insert the AM can
decide (first at insert time and then during the finish call) which of
the optimizations apply to it, and what operations are necessary to
finish a bulk insert operation.

Also change HEAP_INSERT_* flags to TABLE_INSERT, and rename hi_options
to ti_options.

These changes are made even in copy.c, which hasn't yet been converted
to tableam. There's no harm in doing so.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-04-01 14:41:42 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut cc8d415117 Unified logging system for command-line programs
This unifies the various ad hoc logging (message printing, error
printing) systems used throughout the command-line programs.

Features:

- Program name is automatically prefixed.

- Message string does not end with newline.  This removes a common
  source of inconsistencies and omissions.

- Additionally, a final newline is automatically stripped, simplifying
  use of PQerrorMessage() etc., another common source of mistakes.

- I converted error message strings to use %m where possible.

- As a result of the above several points, more translatable message
  strings can be shared between different components and between
  frontends and backend, without gratuitous punctuation or whitespace
  differences.

- There is support for setting a "log level".  This is not meant to be
  user-facing, but can be used internally to implement debug or
  verbose modes.

- Lazy argument evaluation, so no significant overhead if logging at
  some level is disabled.

- Some color in the messages, similar to gcc and clang.  Set
  PG_COLOR=auto to try it out.  Some colors are predefined, but can be
  customized by setting PG_COLORS.

- Common files (common/, fe_utils/, etc.) can handle logging much more
  simply by just using one API without worrying too much about the
  context of the calling program, requiring callbacks, or having to
  pass "progname" around everywhere.

- Some programs called setvbuf() to make sure that stderr is
  unbuffered, even on Windows.  But not all programs did that.  This
  is now done centrally.

Soft goals:

- Reduces vertical space use and visual complexity of error reporting
  in the source code.

- Encourages more deliberate classification of messages.  For example,
  in some cases it wasn't clear without analyzing the surrounding code
  whether a message was meant as an error or just an info.

- Concepts and terms are vaguely aligned with popular logging
  frameworks such as log4j and Python logging.

This is all just about printing stuff out.  Nothing affects program
flow (e.g., fatal exits).  The uses are just too varied to do that.
Some existing code had wrappers that do some kind of print-and-exit,
and I adapted those.

I tried to keep the output mostly the same, but there is a lot of
historical baggage to unwind and special cases to consider, and I
might not always have succeeded.  One significant change is that
pg_rewind used to write all error messages to stdout.  That is now
changed to stderr.

Reviewed-by: Donald Dong <xdong@csumb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/6a609b43-4f57-7348-6480-bd022f924310@2ndquadrant.com
2019-04-01 20:01:35 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov 0a02e2ae02 GIN support for @@ and @? jsonpath operators
This commit makes existing GIN operator classes jsonb_ops and json_path_ops
support "jsonb @@ jsonpath" and "jsonb @? jsonpath" operators.  Basic idea is
to extract statements of following form out of jsonpath.

 key1.key2. ... .keyN = const

The rest of jsonpath is rechecked from heap.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Katz, Pavel Stehule
2019-04-01 18:08:52 +03:00
Andres Freund bfbcad478f tableam: bitmap table scan.
This moves bitmap heap scan support to below an optional tableam
callback. It's optional as the whole concept of bitmap heapscans is
fairly block specific.

This basically moves the work previously done in bitgetpage() into the
new scan_bitmap_next_block callback, and the direct poking into the
buffer done in BitmapHeapNext() into the new scan_bitmap_next_tuple()
callback.

The abstraction is currently somewhat leaky because
nodeBitmapHeapscan.c's prefetching and visibilitymap based logic
remains - it's likely that we'll later have to move more into the
AM. But it's not trivial to do so without introducing a significant
amount of code duplication between the AMs, so that's a project for
later.

Note that now nodeBitmapHeapscan.c and the associated node types are a
bit misnamed. But it's not clear whether renaming wouldn't be a cure
worse than the disease. Either way, that'd be best done in a separate
commit.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas (in an older version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-31 18:37:57 -07:00
Andres Freund 73c954d248 tableam: sample scan.
This moves sample scan support to below tableam. It's not optional as
there is, in contrast to e.g. bitmap heap scans, no alternative way to
perform tablesample queries. If an AM can't deal with the block based
API, it will have to throw an ERROR.

The tableam callbacks for this are block based, but given the current
TsmRoutine interface, that seems to be required.

The new interface doesn't require TsmRoutines to perform visibility
checks anymore - that requires the TsmRoutine to know details about
the AM, which we want to avoid.  To continue to allow taking the
returned number of tuples account SampleScanState now has a donetuples
field (which previously e.g. existed in SystemRowsSamplerData), which
is only incremented after the visibility check succeeds.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-31 18:37:57 -07:00
Andres Freund 4bb50236eb tableam: Formatting and other minor cleanups.
The superflous heapam_xlog.h includes were reported by Peter
Geoghegan.
2019-03-31 18:16:53 -07:00
Andres Freund 696d78469f tableam: Move heap specific logic from estimate_rel_size below tableam.
This just moves the table/matview[/toast] determination of relation
size to a callback, and uses a copy of the existing logic to implement
that callback for heap.

It probably would make sense to also move the index specific logic
into a callback, so the metapage handling (and probably more) can be
index specific. But that's a separate task.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-30 19:26:36 -07:00
Andres Freund 737a292b5d tableam: VACUUM and ANALYZE support.
This is a relatively straightforward move of the current
implementation to sit below tableam. As the current analyze sampling
implementation is pretty inherently block based, the tableam analyze
interface is as well. It might make sense to generalize that at some
point, but that seems like a larger project that shouldn't be
undertaken at the same time as the introduction of tableam.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-30 19:25:58 -07:00
Tom Lane 428b260f87 Speed up planning when partitions can be pruned at plan time.
Previously, the planner created RangeTblEntry and RelOptInfo structs
for every partition of a partitioned table, even though many of them
might later be deemed uninteresting thanks to partition pruning logic.
This incurred significant overhead when there are many partitions.
Arrange to postpone creation of these data structures until after
we've processed the query enough to identify restriction quals for
the partitioned table, and then apply partition pruning before not
after creation of each partition's data structures.  In this way
we need not open the partition relations at all for partitions that
the planner has no real interest in.

For queries that can be proven at plan time to access only a small
number of partitions, this patch improves the practical maximum
number of partitions from under 100 to perhaps a few thousand.

Amit Langote, reviewed at various times by Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Yoshikazu Imai, and David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-03-30 18:58:55 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut fc22b6623b Generated columns
This is an SQL-standard feature that allows creating columns that are
computed from expressions rather than assigned, similar to a view or
materialized view but on a column basis.

This implements one kind of generated column: stored (computed on
write).  Another kind, virtual (computed on read), is planned for the
future, and some room is left for it.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b151f851-4019-bdb1-699e-ebab07d2f40a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-30 08:15:57 +01:00
Peter Geoghegan 9c7fb7e6d8 Tweak some nbtree-related code comments. 2019-03-29 12:29:05 -07:00
Tomas Vondra d85e0f366a Fix memory alignment in pg_mcv_list serialization
Blind attempt at fixing ia64, hppa an sparc builds.

The serialized representation of MCV lists did not enforce proper memory
alignment for internal fields, resulting in deserialization issues on
platforms that are more sensitive to this (ia64, sparc and hppa).

This forces a catalog version bump, because the layout of serialized
pg_mcv_list changes.

Broken since 7300a699.
2019-03-29 19:06:38 +01:00
Andres Freund ffa8444ce4 tableam: Comment fixes.
Author: Haribabu Kommi
Discussion: CAJrrPGeeYOqP3hkZyohDx_8dot4zvPuPMDBmhJ=iC85cTBNeYw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-29 08:17:26 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 5dc92b844e REINDEX CONCURRENTLY
This adds the CONCURRENTLY option to the REINDEX command.  A REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY on a specific index creates a new index (like CREATE
INDEX CONCURRENTLY), then renames the old index away and the new index
in place and adjusts the dependencies, and then drops the old
index (like DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY).  The REINDEX command also has
the capability to run its other variants (TABLE, DATABASE) with the
CONCURRENTLY option (but not SYSTEM).

The reindexdb command gets the --concurrently option.

Author: Michael Paquier, Andreas Karlsson, Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Fujii Masao, Jim Nasby, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/60052986-956b-4478-45ed-8bd119e9b9cf%402ndquadrant.com#74948a1044c56c5e817a5050f554ddee
2019-03-29 08:26:33 +01:00
Andres Freund d25f519107 tableam: relation creation, VACUUM FULL/CLUSTER, SET TABLESPACE.
This moves the responsibility for:
- creating the storage necessary for a relation, including creating a
  new relfilenode for a relation with existing storage
- non-transactional truncation of a relation
- VACUUM FULL / CLUSTER's rewrite of a table
below tableam.

This is fairly straight forward, with a bit of complexity smattered in
to move the computation of xid / multixid horizons below the AM, as
they don't make sense for every table AM.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-28 20:01:43 -07:00
Andres Freund 46bcd2af18 Fix a few comment copy & pastos. 2019-03-28 13:42:37 -07:00
Tomas Vondra 62bf0fb35c Fix deserialization of pg_mcv_list values
There were multiple issues in deserialization of pg_mcv_list values.

Firstly, the data is loaded from syscache, but the deserialization was
performed after ReleaseSysCache(), at which point the data might have
already disappeared.  Fixed by moving the calls in statext_mcv_load,
and using the same NULL-handling code as existing stats.

Secondly, the deserialized representation used pointers into the
serialized representation.  But that is also unsafe, because the data
may disappear at any time.  Fixed by reworking and simplifying the
deserialization code to always copy all the data.

And thirdly, when deserializing values for types passed by value, the
code simply did memcpy(d,s,typlen) which however does not work on
bigendian machines.  Fixed by using fetch_att/store_att_byval.
2019-03-28 20:03:14 +01:00
Thomas Munro ad308058cc Use FullTransactionId for the transaction stack.
Provide GetTopFullTransactionId() and GetCurrentFullTransactionId().
The intended users of these interfaces are access methods that use
xids for visibility checks but don't want to have to go back and
"freeze" existing references some time later before the 32 bit xid
counter wraps around.

Use a new struct to serialize the transaction state for parallel
query, because FullTransactionId doesn't fit into the previous
serialization scheme very well.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
2019-03-28 18:24:43 +13:00
Thomas Munro 2fc7af5e96 Add basic infrastructure for 64 bit transaction IDs.
Instead of inferring epoch progress from xids and checkpoints,
introduce a 64 bit FullTransactionId type and use it to track xid
generation.  This fixes an unlikely bug where the epoch is reported
incorrectly if the range of active xids wraps around more than once
between checkpoints.

The only user-visible effect of this commit is to correct the epoch
used by txid_current() and txid_status(), also visible with
pg_controldata, in those rare circumstances.  It also creates some
basic infrastructure so that later patches can use 64 bit
transaction IDs in more places.

The new type is a struct that we pass by value, as a form of strong
typedef.  This prevents the sort of accidental confusion between
TransactionId and FullTransactionId that would be possible if we
were to use a plain old uint64.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2BMv%2Bmb0HFfWM9Srtc6MVe160WFurXV68iAFMcagRZ0dQ%40mail.gmail.com
2019-03-28 18:12:20 +13:00
Andres Freund 2a96909a4a tableam: Support for an index build's initial table scan(s).
To support building indexes over tables of different AMs, the scans to
do so need to be routed through the table AM.  While moving a fair
amount of code, nearly all the changes are just moving code to below a
callback.

Currently the range based interface wouldn't make much sense for non
block based table AMs. But that seems aceptable for now.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-27 19:59:06 -07:00
Tomas Vondra a63b29a1de Minor improvements for the multivariate MCV lists
The MCV build should always call get_mincount_for_mcv_list(), as the
there is no other logic to decide whether the MCV list represents all
the data. So just remove the (ngroups > nitems) condition.

Also, when building MCV lists, the number of items was limited by the
statistics target (i.e. up to 10000). But when deserializing the MCV
list, a different value (8192) was used to check the input, causing
an error.  Simply ensure that the same value is used in both places.

This should have been included in 7300a69950, but I forgot to include it
in that commit.
2019-03-27 20:07:41 +01:00
Tomas Vondra 7300a69950 Add support for multivariate MCV lists
Introduce a third extended statistic type, supported by the CREATE
STATISTICS command - MCV lists, a generalization of the statistic
already built and used for individual columns.

Compared to the already supported types (n-distinct coefficients and
functional dependencies), MCV lists are more complex, include column
values and allow estimation of much wider range of common clauses
(equality and inequality conditions, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL etc.).
Similarly to the other types, a new pseudo-type (pg_mcv_list) is used.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Mark Dilger, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dfdac334-9cf2-2597-fb27-f0fb3753f435@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-27 18:32:18 +01:00
Tom Lane 333ed246c6 Avoid passing query tlist around separately from root->processed_tlist.
In the dim past, the planner kept the fully-processed version of the query
targetlist (the result of preprocess_targetlist) in grouping_planner's
local variable "tlist", and only grudgingly passed it to individual other
routines as needed.  Later we discovered a need to still have it available
after grouping_planner finishes, and invented the root->processed_tlist
field for that purpose, but it wasn't used internally to grouping_planner;
the tlist was still being passed around separately in the same places as
before.

Now comes a proposed patch to allow appendrel expansion to add entries
to the processed tlist, well after preprocess_targetlist has finished
its work.  To avoid having to pass around the tlist explicitly, it's
proposed to allow appendrel expansion to modify root->processed_tlist.
That makes aliasing the tlist with assorted parameters and local
variables really scary.  It would accidentally work as long as the
tlist is initially nonempty, because then the List header won't move
around, but it's not exactly hard to think of ways for that to break.
Aliased values are poor programming practice anyway.

Hence, get rid of local variables and parameters that can be identified
with root->processed_tlist, in favor of just using that field directly.
And adjust comments to match.  (Some of the new comments speak as though
it's already possible for appendrel expansion to modify the tlist; that's
not true yet, but will happen in a later patch.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-03-27 12:57:49 -04:00
Michael Paquier 5bde1651bb Switch function current_schema[s]() to be parallel-unsafe
When invoked for the first time in a session, current_schema() and
current_schemas() can finish by creating a temporary schema.  Currently
those functions are parallel-safe, however if for a reason or another
they get launched across multiple parallel workers, they would fail when
attempting to create a temporary schema as temporary contexts are not
supported in this case.

The original issue has been spotted by buildfarm members crake and
lapwing, after commit c5660e0 has introduced the first regression tests
based on current_schema() in the tree.  After that, 396676b has
introduced a workaround to avoid parallel plans but that was not
completely right either.

Catversion is bumped.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190118024618.GF1883@paquier.xyz
2019-03-27 11:35:12 +09:00
Tomas Vondra 6ca015f9f0 Track unowned relations in doubly-linked list
Relations dropped in a single transaction are tracked in a list of
unowned relations.  With large number of dropped relations this resulted
in poor performance at the end of a transaction, when the relations are
removed from the singly linked list one by one.

Commit b4166911 attempted to address this issue (particularly when it
happens during recovery) by removing the relations in a reverse order,
resulting in O(1) lookups in the list of unowned relations.  This did
not work reliably, though, and it was possible to trigger the O(N^2)
behavior in various ways.

Instead of trying to remove the relations in a specific order with
respect to the linked list, which seems rather fragile, switch to a
regular doubly linked.  That allows us to remove relations cheaply no
matter where in the list they are.

As b4166911 was a bugfix, backpatched to all supported versions, do the
same thing here.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/80c27103-99e4-1d0c-642c-d9f3b94aaa0a%402ndquadrant.com
Backpatch-through: 9.4
2019-03-27 02:39:39 +01:00
Andres Freund 558a9165e0 Compute XID horizon for page level index vacuum on primary.
Previously the xid horizon was only computed during WAL replay. That
had two major problems:
1) It relied on knowing what the table pointed to looks like. That was
   easy enough before the introducing of tableam (we knew it had to be
   heap, although some trickery around logging the heap relfilenodes
   was required). But to properly handle table AMs we need
   per-database catalog access to look up the AM handler, which
   recovery doesn't allow.
2) Not knowing the xid horizon also makes it hard to support logical
   decoding on standbys. When on a catalog table, we need to be able
   to conflict with slots that have an xid horizon that's too old. But
   computing the horizon by visiting the heap only works once
   consistency is reached, but we always need to be able to detect
   conflicts.

There's also a secondary problem, in that the current method performs
redundant work on every standby. But that's counterbalanced by
potentially computing the value when not necessary (either because
there's no standby, or because there's no connected backends).

Solve 1) and 2) by moving computation of the xid horizon to the
primary and by involving tableam in the computation of the horizon.

To address the potentially increased overhead, increase the efficiency
of the xid horizon computation for heap by sorting the tids, and
eliminating redundant buffer accesses. When prefetching is available,
additionally perform prefetching of buffers.  As this is more of a
maintenance task, rather than something routinely done in every read
only query, we add an arbitrary 10 to the effective concurrency -
thereby using IO concurrency, when not globally enabled.  That's
possibly not the perfect formula, but seems good enough for now.

Bumps WAL format, as latestRemovedXid is now part of the records, and
the heap's relfilenode isn't anymore.

Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Robert Haas
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20181212204154.nsxf3gzqv3gesl32@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20181214014235.dal5ogljs3bmlq44@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-26 16:52:54 -07:00
Tom Lane 53bcf5e3db Build "other rels" of appendrel baserels in a separate step.
Up to now, otherrel RelOptInfos were built at the same time as baserel
RelOptInfos, thanks to recursion in build_simple_rel().  However,
nothing in query_planner's preprocessing cares at all about otherrels,
only baserels, so we don't really need to build them until just before
we enter make_one_rel.  This has two benefits:

* create_lateral_join_info did a lot of extra work to propagate
lateral-reference information from parents to the correct children.
But if we delay creation of the children till after that, it's
trivial (and much harder to break, too).

* Since we have all the restriction quals correctly assigned to
parent appendrels by this point, it'll be possible to do plan-time
pruning and never make child RelOptInfos at all for partitions that
can be pruned away.  That's not done here, but will be later on.

Amit Langote, reviewed at various times by Dilip Kumar, Jesper Pedersen,
Yoshikazu Imai, and David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d7c5112-cb99-6a47-d3be-cf1ee6862a1d@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-03-26 18:21:10 -04:00
Andres Freund 2ac1b2b175 Remove heap_hot_search().
After 71bdc99d0d, "tableam: Add helper for indexes to check if a
corresponding table tuples exist." there's no in-core user left. As
there's unlikely to be an external user, and such an external user
could easily be adjusted to use table_index_fetch_tuple_check(),
remove heap_hot_search().

Per complaint from Peter Geoghegan

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn0Oq4ftJrTqRAsWy2WGjv0QrJcwoZ+yqWsF_Z5vjUBFw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-25 19:04:41 -07:00
Andres Freund 2e3da03e9e tableam: Add table_get_latest_tid, to wrap heap_get_latest_tid.
This primarily is to allow WHERE CURRENT OF to continue to work as it
currently does. It's not clear to me that these semantics make sense
for every AM, but it works for the in-core heap, and the out of core
zheap. We can refine it further at a later point if necessary.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-25 17:14:48 -07:00
Andres Freund 71bdc99d0d tableam: Add helper for indexes to check if a corresponding table tuples exist.
This is, likely exclusively, useful to verify that conflicts detected
in a unique index are with live tuples, rather than dead ones.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-25 16:52:55 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 25ee70511e pgbench: Remove \cset
Partial revert of commit 6260cc550b, "pgbench: add \cset and \gset
commands".

While \gset is widely considered a useful and necessary tool for user-
defined benchmarks, \cset does not have as much value, and its
implementation was considered "not to be up to project standards"
(though I, Álvaro, can't quite understand exactly how).  Therefore,
remove \cset.

Author: Fabien Coelho
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1903230716030.18811@lancre
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901101900.mv7zduch6sad@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-25 12:16:07 -03:00
Robert Haas 6f97457e0d Add progress reporting for CLUSTER and VACUUM FULL.
This uses the same progress reporting infrastructure added in commit
c16dc1aca5 and extends it to these
additional cases.  We lack the ability to track the internal progress
of sorts and index builds so the information reported is
coarse-grained for some parts of the operation, but it still seems
like a significant improvement over having nothing at all.

Tatsuro Yamada, reviewed by Thomas Munro, Masahiko Sawada, Michael
Paquier, Jeff Janes, Alvaro Herrera, Rafia Sabih, and by me.  A fair
amount of polishing also by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/59A77072.3090401@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-03-25 10:59:04 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 481018f280 Add macro to cast away volatile without allowing changes to underlying type
This adds unvolatize(), which works just like unconstify() but for volatile.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7a5cbea7-b8df-e910-0f10-04014bcad701%402ndquadrant.com
2019-03-25 09:37:03 +01:00
Andres Freund 9a8ee1dc65 tableam: Add and use table_fetch_row_version().
This is essentially the tableam version of heapam_fetch(),
i.e. fetching a tuple identified by a tid, performing visibility
checks.

Note that this different from table_index_fetch_tuple(), which is for
index lookups. It therefore has to handle a tid pointing to an earlier
version of a tuple if the AM uses an optimization like heap's HOT. Add
comments to that end.

This commit removes the stats_relation argument from heap_fetch, as
it's been unused for a long time.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Haribabu Kommi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-25 00:17:59 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 280a408b48 Transaction chaining
Add command variants COMMIT AND CHAIN and ROLLBACK AND CHAIN, which
start new transactions with the same transaction characteristics as the
just finished one, per SQL standard.

Support for transaction chaining in PL/pgSQL is also added.  This
functionality is especially useful when running COMMIT in a loop in
PL/pgSQL.

Reviewed-by: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/28536681-324b-10dc-ade8-ab46f7645a5a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-24 11:33:02 +01:00
Andres Freund b2db277057 Remove spurious return.
Per buildfarm member anole.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-03-23 21:09:39 -07:00
Andres Freund 5db6df0c01 tableam: Add tuple_{insert, delete, update, lock} and use.
This adds new, required, table AM callbacks for insert/delete/update
and lock_tuple. To be able to reasonably use those, the EvalPlanQual
mechanism had to be adapted, moving more logic into the AM.

Previously both delete/update/lock call-sites and the EPQ mechanism had
to have awareness of the specific tuple format to be able to fetch the
latest version of a tuple. Obviously that needs to be abstracted
away. To do so, move the logic that find the latest row version into
the AM. lock_tuple has a new flag argument,
TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION, that forces it to lock the last
version, rather than the current one.  It'd have been possible to do
so via a separate callback as well, but finding the last version
usually also necessitates locking the newest version, making it
sensible to combine the two. This replaces the previous use of
EvalPlanQualFetch().  Additionally HeapTupleUpdated, which previously
signaled either a concurrent update or delete, is now split into two,
to avoid callers needing AM specific knowledge to differentiate.

The move of finding the latest row version into tuple_lock means that
encountering a row concurrently moved into another partition will now
raise an error about "tuple to be locked" rather than "tuple to be
updated/deleted" - which is accurate, as that always happens when
locking rows. While possible slightly less helpful for users, it seems
like an acceptable trade-off.

As part of this commit HTSU_Result has been renamed to TM_Result, and
its members been expanded to differentiated between updating and
deleting. HeapUpdateFailureData has been renamed to TM_FailureData.

The interface to speculative insertion is changed so nodeModifyTable.c
does not have to set the speculative token itself anymore. Instead
there's a version of tuple_insert, tuple_insert_speculative, that
performs the speculative insertion (without requiring a flag to signal
that fact), and the speculative insertion is either made permanent
with table_complete_speculative(succeeded = true) or aborted with
succeeded = false).

Note that multi_insert is not yet routed through tableam, nor is
COPY. Changing multi_insert requires changes to copy.c that are large
enough to better be done separately.

Similarly, although simpler, CREATE TABLE AS and CREATE MATERIALIZED
VIEW are also only going to be adjusted in a later commit.

Author: Andres Freund and Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190313003903.nwvrxi7rw3ywhdel@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-23 19:55:57 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 29b64d1de7 Add nbtree high key "continuescan" optimization.
Teach nbtree forward index scans to check the high key before moving to
the right sibling page in the hope of finding that it isn't actually
necessary to do so.  The new check may indicate that the scan definitely
cannot find matching tuples to the right, ending the scan immediately.
We already opportunistically force a similar "continuescan orientated"
key check of the final non-pivot tuple when it's clear that it cannot be
returned to the scan due to being dead-to-all.  The new high key check
is complementary.

The new approach for forward scans is more effective than checking the
final non-pivot tuple, especially with composite indexes and non-unique
indexes.  The improvements to the logic for picking a split point added
by commit fab25024 make it likely that relatively dissimilar high keys
will appear on a page.  A distinguishing key value that can only appear
on non-pivot tuples on the right sibling page will often be present in
leaf page high keys.

Since forcing the final item to be key checked no longer makes any
difference in the case of forward scans, the existing extra key check is
now only used for backwards scans.  Backward scans continue to
opportunistically check the final non-pivot tuple, which is actually the
first non-pivot tuple on the page (not the last).

Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of this optimization.

Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkOmUduME31QnuTFpimejuQoiZ-HOf0pOWeFZNhTMctvA@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-23 11:01:53 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 7b084b3831 Revert "Add gitignore entries for jsonpath_gram.h"
This reverts commit 4e274a043f.

These files aren't actually built anymore since 550b9d26f.
2019-03-23 00:19:34 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 4e274a043f Add gitignore entries for jsonpath_gram.h 2019-03-22 23:19:30 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas 7df159a620 Delete empty pages during GiST VACUUM.
To do this, we scan GiST two times. In the first pass we make note of
empty leaf pages and internal pages. At second pass we scan through
internal pages, looking for downlinks to the empty pages.

Deleting internal pages is still not supported, like in nbtree, the last
child of an internal page is never deleted. That means that if you have a
workload where new keys are always inserted to different area than where
old keys are removed, the index will still grow without bound. But the rate
of growth will be an order of magnitude slower than before.

Author: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/B1E4DF12-6CD3-4706-BDBD-BF3283328F60@yandex-team.ru
2019-03-22 13:21:45 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas df816f6ad5 Add IntegerSet, to hold large sets of 64-bit ints efficiently.
The set is implemented as a B-tree, with a compact representation at leaf
items, using Simple-8b algorithm, so that clusters of nearby values use
less memory.

The IntegerSet isn't used for anything yet, aside from the test code, but
we have two patches in the works that would benefit from this: A patch to
allow GiST vacuum to delete empty pages, and a patch to reduce heap
VACUUM's memory usage, by storing the list of dead TIDs more efficiently
and lifting the 1 GB limit on its size.

This includes a unit test module, in src/test/modules/test_integerset.
It can be used to verify correctness, as a regression test, but if you run
it manully, it can also print memory usage and execution time of some of
the tests.

Author: Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b5e82599-1966-5783-733c-1a947ddb729f@iki.fi
2019-03-22 13:21:45 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 5e1963fb76 Collations with nondeterministic comparison
This adds a flag "deterministic" to collations.  If that is false,
such a collation disables various optimizations that assume that
strings are equal only if they are byte-wise equal.  That then allows
use cases such as case-insensitive or accent-insensitive comparisons
or handling of strings with different Unicode normal forms.

This functionality is only supported with the ICU provider.  At least
glibc doesn't appear to have any locales that work in a
nondeterministic way, so it's not worth supporting this for the libc
provider.

The term "deterministic comparison" in this context is from Unicode
Technical Standard #10
(https://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Deterministic_Comparison).

This patch makes changes in three areas:

- CREATE COLLATION DDL changes and system catalog changes to support
  this new flag.

- Many executor nodes and auxiliary code are extended to track
  collations.  Previously, this code would just throw away collation
  information, because the eventually-called user-defined functions
  didn't use it since they only cared about equality, which didn't
  need collation information.

- String data type functions that do equality comparisons and hashing
  are changed to take the (non-)deterministic flag into account.  For
  comparison, this just means skipping various shortcuts and tie
  breakers that use byte-wise comparison.  For hashing, we first need
  to convert the input string to a canonical "sort key" using the ICU
  analogue of strxfrm().

Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ccc668f-4cbc-0bef-af67-450b47cdfee7@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-22 12:12:43 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 03ae9d59bd Catversion bump announced in previous commit but forgotten 2019-03-21 18:43:41 -03:00
Tom Lane bfb456c1b9 Improve error reporting for DROP FUNCTION/PROCEDURE/AGGREGATE/ROUTINE.
These commands allow the argument type list to be omitted if there is
just one object that matches by name.  However, if that syntax was
used with DROP IF EXISTS and there was more than one match, you got
a "function ... does not exist, skipping" notice message rather than a
truthful complaint about the ambiguity.  This was basically due to
poor factorization and a rats-nest of logic, so refactor the relevant
lookup code to make it cleaner.

Note that this amounts to narrowing the scope of which sorts of
error conditions IF EXISTS will bypass.  Per discussion, we only
intend it to skip no-such-object cases, not multiple-possible-matches
cases.

Per bug #15572 from Ash Marath.  Although this definitely seems like
a bug, it's not clear that people would thank us for changing the
behavior in minor releases, so no back-patch.

David Rowley, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud and Pavel Stehule

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15572-ed1b9ed09503de8a@postgresql.org
2019-03-21 11:52:08 -04:00
Tom Lane 8aa9dd74b3 Sort the dependent objects before deletion in DROP OWNED BY.
This finishes a task we left undone in commit f1ad067fc, by extending
the delete-in-descending-OID-order rule to deletions triggered by
DROP OWNED BY.  We've coped with machine-dependent deletion orders
one time too many, and the new issues caused by Peter G's recent
nbtree hacking seem like the last straw.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1h6eep-0001Mw-Vd@gemulon.postgresql.org
2019-03-20 18:06:29 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera a6da004715 Add index_get_partition convenience function
This new function simplifies some existing coding, as well as supports
future patches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901222145.t6wws6t6vrcu@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote, Jesper Pedersen
2019-03-20 18:18:50 -03:00
Peter Geoghegan fab2502433 Consider secondary factors during nbtree splits.
Teach nbtree to give some consideration to how "distinguishing"
candidate leaf page split points are.  This should not noticeably affect
the balance of free space within each half of the split, while still
making suffix truncation truncate away significantly more attributes on
average.

The logic for choosing a leaf split point now uses a fallback mode in
the case where the page is full of duplicates and it isn't possible to
find even a minimally distinguishing split point.  When the page is full
of duplicates, the split should pack the left half very tightly, while
leaving the right half mostly empty.  Our assumption is that logical
duplicates will almost always be inserted in ascending heap TID order
with v4 indexes.  This strategy leaves most of the free space on the
half of the split that will likely be where future logical duplicates of
the same value need to be placed.

The number of cycles added is not very noticeable.  This is important
because deciding on a split point takes place while at least one
exclusive buffer lock is held.  We avoid using authoritative insertion
scankey comparisons to save cycles, unlike suffix truncation proper.  We
use a faster binary comparison instead.

Note that even pg_upgrade'd v3 indexes make use of these optimizations.
Benchmarking has shown that even v3 indexes benefit, despite the fact
that suffix truncation will only truncate non-key attributes in INCLUDE
indexes.  Grouping relatively similar tuples together is beneficial in
and of itself, since it reduces the number of leaf pages that must be
accessed by subsequent index scans.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmmoLNQOj9mAD78iQHfWLJDszHEDrAzGTUMG3mVh5xWPw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 10:12:19 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan dd299df818 Make heap TID a tiebreaker nbtree index column.
Make nbtree treat all index tuples as having a heap TID attribute.
Index searches can distinguish duplicates by heap TID, since heap TID is
always guaranteed to be unique.  This general approach has numerous
benefits for performance, and is prerequisite to teaching VACUUM to
perform "retail index tuple deletion".

Naively adding a new attribute to every pivot tuple has unacceptable
overhead (it bloats internal pages), so suffix truncation of pivot
tuples is added.  This will usually truncate away the "extra" heap TID
attribute from pivot tuples during a leaf page split, and may also
truncate away additional user attributes.  This can increase fan-out,
especially in a multi-column index.  Truncation can only occur at the
attribute granularity, which isn't particularly effective, but works
well enough for now.  A future patch may add support for truncating
"within" text attributes by generating truncated key values using new
opclass infrastructure.

Only new indexes (BTREE_VERSION 4 indexes) will have insertions that
treat heap TID as a tiebreaker attribute, or will have pivot tuples
undergo suffix truncation during a leaf page split (on-disk
compatibility with versions 2 and 3 is preserved).  Upgrades to version
4 cannot be performed on-the-fly, unlike upgrades from version 2 to
version 3.  contrib/amcheck continues to work with version 2 and 3
indexes, while also enforcing stricter invariants when verifying version
4 indexes.  These stricter invariants are the same invariants described
by "3.1.12 Sequencing" from the Lehman and Yao paper.

A later patch will enhance the logic used by nbtree to pick a split
point.  This patch is likely to negatively impact performance without
smarter choices around the precise point to split leaf pages at.  Making
these two mostly-distinct sets of enhancements into distinct commits
seems like it might clarify their design, even though neither commit is
particularly useful on its own.

The maximum allowed size of new tuples is reduced by an amount equal to
the space required to store an extra MAXALIGN()'d TID in a new high key
during leaf page splits.  The user-facing definition of the "1/3 of a
page" restriction is already imprecise, and so does not need to be
revised.  However, there should be a compatibility note in the v12
release notes.

Author: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkVb0Kom=R+88fDFb=JSxZMFvbHVC6Mn9LJ2n=X=kS-Uw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 10:04:01 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan e5adcb789d Refactor nbtree insertion scankeys.
Use dedicated struct to represent nbtree insertion scan keys.  Having a
dedicated struct makes the difference between search type scankeys and
insertion scankeys a lot clearer, and simplifies the signature of
several related functions.  This is based on a suggestion by Andrey
Lepikhov.

Streamline how unique index insertions cache binary search progress.
Cache the state of in-progress binary searches within _bt_check_unique()
for later instead of having callers avoid repeating the binary search in
an ad-hoc manner.  This makes it easy to add a new optimization:
_bt_check_unique() now falls out of its loop immediately in the common
case where it's already clear that there couldn't possibly be a
duplicate.

The new _bt_check_unique() scheme makes it a lot easier to manage cached
binary search effort afterwards, from within _bt_findinsertloc().  This
is needed for the upcoming patch to make nbtree tuples unique by
treating heap TID as a final tiebreaker column.  Unique key binary
searches need to restore lower and upper bounds.  They cannot simply
continue to use the >= lower bound as the offset to insert at, because
the heap TID tiebreaker column must be used in comparisons for the
restored binary search (unlike the original _bt_check_unique() binary
search, where scankey's heap TID column must be omitted).

Author: Peter Geoghegan, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas, Andrey Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmE6AhUdk9NdWBf4K3HjWXZBX3+umC7mH7+WDrKcRtsOw@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-20 09:30:57 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov 550b9d26f8 Get rid of jsonpath_gram.h and jsonpath_scanner.h
Jsonpath grammar and scanner are both quite small.  It doesn't worth complexity
to compile them separately.  This commit makes grammar and scanner be compiled
at once.  Therefore, jsonpath_gram.h and jsonpath_gram.h are no longer needed.
This commit also does some reorganization of code in jsonpath_gram.y.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d47b2023-3ecb-5f04-d253-d557547cf74f%402ndQuadrant.com
2019-03-20 11:13:34 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 641fde2523 Remove ambiguity for jsonb_path_match() and jsonb_path_exists()
There are 2-arguments and 4-arguments versions of jsonb_path_match() and
jsonb_path_exists().  But 4-arguments versions have optional 3rd and 4th
arguments, that leads to ambiguity.  In the same time 2-arguments versions are
needed only for @@ and @? operators.  So, rename 2-arguments versions to
remove the ambiguity.

Catversion is bumped.
2019-03-20 10:30:56 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 5e28b778bf Rename typedef in jsonpath_gram.y from "string" to "JsonPathString"
Reason is the same as in 75c57058b0.
2019-03-19 21:01:10 +03:00
Tom Lane 0dfe3d0ef5 Make checkpoint requests more robust.
Commit 6f6a6d8b1 introduced a delay of up to 2 seconds if we're trying
to request a checkpoint but the checkpointer hasn't started yet (or,
much less likely, our kill() call fails).  However buildfarm experience
shows that that's not quite enough for slow or heavily-loaded machines.
There's no good reason to assume that the checkpointer won't start
eventually, so we may as well make the timeout much longer, say 60 sec.

However, if the caller didn't say CHECKPOINT_WAIT, it seems like a bad
idea to be waiting at all, much less for as long as 60 sec.  We can
remove the need for that, and make this whole thing more robust, by
adjusting the code so that the existence of a pending checkpoint
request is clear from the contents of shared memory, and making sure
that the checkpointer process will notice it at startup even if it did
not get a signal.  In this way there's no need for a non-CHECKPOINT_WAIT
call to wait at all; if it can't send the signal, it can nonetheless
assume that the checkpointer will eventually service the request.

A potential downside of this change is that "kill -INT" on the checkpointer
process is no longer enough to trigger a checkpoint, should anyone be
relying on something so hacky.  But there's no obvious reason to do it
like that rather than issuing a plain old CHECKPOINT command, so we'll
assume that nobody is.  There doesn't seem to be a way to preserve this
undocumented quasi-feature without introducing race conditions.

Since a principal reason for messing with this is to prevent intermittent
buildfarm failures, back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27830.1552752475@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-19 12:49:27 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 28988a84cf Reorder LOCALLOCK structure members to compact the size
Save 8 bytes (on x86-64) by filling up padding holes.

Author: Takayuki Tsunakawa <tsunakawa.takay@jp.fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20190219001639.ft7kxir2iz644alf@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-19 14:07:08 +01:00
Andrew Gierth 01bde4fa4c Implement OR REPLACE option for CREATE AGGREGATE.
Aggregates have acquired a dozen or so optional attributes in recent
years for things like parallel query and moving-aggregate mode; the
lack of an OR REPLACE option to add or change these for an existing
agg makes extension upgrades gratuitously hard. Rectify.
2019-03-19 01:16:50 +00:00
Robert Haas 6776142a07 Revise parse tree representation for VACUUM and ANALYZE.
Like commit f41551f61f, this aims
to make it easier to add non-Boolean options to VACUUM (or, in
this case, to ANALYZE).  Instead of building up a bitmap of
options directly in the parser, build up a list of DefElem
objects and let ExecVacuum() sort it out; right now, we make
no use of the fact that a DefElem can carry an associated value,
but it will be easy to make that change in the future.

Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoATE4sn0jFFH3NcfUZXkU2BMbjBWB_kDj-XWYA-LXDcQA@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-18 15:14:52 -04:00
Robert Haas f41551f61f Fold vacuum's 'int options' parameter into VacuumParams.
Many places need both, so this allows a few functions to take one
fewer parameter.  More importantly, as soon as we add a VACUUM
option that takes a non-Boolean parameter, we need to replace
'int options' with a struct, and it seems better to think
of adding more fields to VacuumParams rather than passing around
both VacuumParams and a separate struct as well.

Patch by me, reviewed by Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob6g6-s50fyv8E8he7APfwCYYJ4z0wbZC2yZeSz=26CYQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-18 13:57:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 1ffa59a85c Fix optimization of foreign-key on update actions
In RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(), we check among other things
whether the old and new key are equal, so that we don't need to run
cascade actions when nothing has actually changed.  This was using the
equality operator.  But the effect of this is that if a value in the
primary key is changed to one that "looks" different but compares as
equal, the update is not propagated.  (Examples are float -0 and 0 and
case-insensitive text.)  This appears to violate the SQL standard, and
it also behaves inconsistently if in a multicolumn key another key is
also updated that would cause the row to compare as not equal.

To fix, if we are looking at the PK table in ri_KeysEqual(), then do a
bytewise comparison similar to record_image_eq() instead of using the
equality operators.  This only makes a difference for ON UPDATE
CASCADE, but for consistency we treat all changes to the PK the same.  For
the FK table, we continue to use the equality operators.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/3326fc2e-bc02-d4c5-e3e5-e54da466e89a@2ndquadrant.com
2019-03-18 17:19:21 +01:00
Michael Paquier 8b938d36f7 Refactor more code logic to update the control file
ce6afc6 has begun the refactoring work by plugging pg_rewind into a
central routine to update the control file, and left around two extra
copies, with one in xlog.c for the backend and one in pg_resetwal.c.  By
adding an extra option to the central routine in controldata_utils.c to
control if a flush of the control file needs to be done, it is proving
to be straight-forward to make xlog.c and pg_resetwal.c use the central
code path at the condition of moving the wait event tracking there.
Hence, this allows to have only one central code path to update the
control file, shaving the code from the duplicates.

This refactoring actually fixes a problem in pg_resetwal.  Previously,
the control file was first removed before being recreated.  So if a
crash happened between the moment the file was removed and the moment
the file was created, then it would have been possible to not have a
control file anymore in the database folder.

Author: Fabien Coelho
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.21.1903170935210.2506@lancre
2019-03-18 12:59:35 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov 142c400d72 Fix make rules for jsonpath grammar making them similar to SQL grammar
Reported-by: Jeff Janes, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU%3D1w1qBvoW82ZTFpAKae027R-2OHw-m6ALe0VQRNAFueBVA%40mail.gmail.com
2019-03-17 10:55:52 +03:00
Amit Kapila f27314ff9a Update copyright year in files added by 1bb5e78218. 2019-03-16 16:00:38 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov 16d489b0fe Numeric error suppression in jsonpath
Add support of numeric error suppression to jsonpath as it's required by
standard.  This commit doesn't use PG_TRY()/PG_CATCH() in order to implement
that.  Instead, it provides internal versions of numeric functions used, which
support error suppression.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra
2019-03-16 12:21:19 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 72b6460336 Partial implementation of SQL/JSON path language
SQL 2016 standards among other things contains set of SQL/JSON features for
JSON processing inside of relational database.  The core of SQL/JSON is JSON
path language, allowing access parts of JSON documents and make computations
over them.  This commit implements partial support JSON path language as
separate datatype called "jsonpath".  The implementation is partial because
it's lacking datetime support and suppression of numeric errors.  Missing
features will be added later by separate commits.

Support of SQL/JSON features requires implementation of separate nodes, and it
will be considered in subsequent patches.  This commit includes following
set of plain functions, allowing to execute jsonpath over jsonb values:

 * jsonb_path_exists(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
 * jsonb_path_match(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
 * jsonb_path_query(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]),
 * jsonb_path_query_array(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).
 * jsonb_path_query_first(jsonb, jsonpath[, jsonb, bool]).

This commit also implements "jsonb @? jsonpath" and "jsonb @@ jsonpath", which
are wrappers over jsonpath_exists(jsonb, jsonpath) and jsonpath_predicate(jsonb,
jsonpath) correspondingly.  These operators will have an index support
(implemented in subsequent patches).

Catversion bumped, to add new functions and operators.

Code was written by Nikita Glukhov and Teodor Sigaev, revised by me.
Documentation was written by Oleg Bartunov and Liudmila Mantrova.  The work
was inspired by Oleg Bartunov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fcc6fc6a-b497-f39a-923d-aa34d0c588e8%402ndQuadrant.com
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Teodor Sigaev, Alexander Korotkov, Oleg Bartunov, Liudmila Mantrova
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Pavel Stehule, Alexander Korotkov
2019-03-16 12:16:48 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 893d6f8a1f Avoid casting away a const 2019-03-16 10:13:03 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 69039fda83 Add walreceiver API to get remote server version
Add a separate walreceiver API function walrcv_server_version() to get
the version of the remote server, instead of doing it as part of
walrcv_identify_system().  This allows the server version to be
available even for uses that don't call IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, and it seems
cleaner anyway.

This is for an upcoming patch, not currently used.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20190115071359.GF1433@paquier.xyz
2019-03-15 10:16:26 +01:00
Thomas Munro bb16aba50c Enable parallel query with SERIALIZABLE isolation.
Previously, the SERIALIZABLE isolation level prevented parallel query
from being used.  Allow the two features to be used together by
sharing the leader's SERIALIZABLEXACT with parallel workers.

An extra per-SERIALIZABLEXACT LWLock is introduced to make it safe to
share, and new logic is introduced to coordinate the early release
of the SERIALIZABLEXACT required for the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE
optimization, as follows:

The first backend to observe the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag (set by
some other transaction) will 'partially release' the SERIALIZABLEXACT,
meaning that the conflicts and locks it holds are released, but the
SERIALIZABLEXACT itself will remain active because other backends
might still have a pointer to it.

Whenever any backend notices the SXACT_FLAG_RO_SAFE flag, it clears
its own MySerializableXact variable and frees local resources so that
it can skip SSI checks for the rest of the transaction.  In the
special case of the leader process, it transfers the SERIALIZABLEXACT
to a new variable SavedSerializableXact, so that it can be completely
released at the end of the transaction after all workers have exited.

Remove the serializable_okay flag added to CreateParallelContext() by
commit 9da0cc35, because it's now redundant.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Haribabu Kommi, Robert Haas, Masahiko Sawada, Kevin Grittner
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=0gXGYhtrVDWOTHS8SQQy_=S9xo+8oCxGLWZAOoeJ=yzQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-15 17:47:04 +13:00
Peter Eisentraut b13a913607 Add BKI_DEFAULT to pg_class.relrewrite
This column is always 0 on disk, so it doesn't have to be tracked
separately for each entry.
2019-03-14 21:25:39 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut c6ff0b892c Refactor ParamListInfo initialization
There were six copies of identical nontrivial code.  Put it into a
function.
2019-03-14 13:30:09 +01:00
Tom Lane 401b87a24f Sync commentary in transam.h and bki.sgml.
Commit a6417078c missed updating some comments in transam.h about
reservation of high OIDs for development purposes.  Also tamp down
an over-optimistic comment there about how easy it'd be to change
FirstNormalObjectId.

Earlier, commit 09568ec3d failed to update bki.sgml for the split
between genbki.pl-assigned OIDs and those assigned during initdb.

Also fix genbki.pl so that it will complain if it overruns
that split.  It's possible that doing so would have no very bad
consequences, but that's no excuse for not detecting it.
2019-03-14 00:23:40 -04:00
Thomas Munro c6c9474aaf Use condition variables to wait for checkpoints.
Previously we used a polling/sleeping loop to wait for checkpoints
to begin and end, which leads to up to a couple hundred milliseconds
of needless thumb-twiddling.  Use condition variables instead.

Author: Thomas Munro
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLY7sDe%2Bbg1K%3DbnEzOofGoo4bJHYh9%2BcDCXJepb6DQmLw%40mail.gmail.com
2019-03-14 10:59:33 +13:00
Tom Lane f1d85aa98e Add support for hyperbolic functions, as well as log10().
The SQL:2016 standard adds support for the hyperbolic functions
sinh(), cosh(), and tanh().  POSIX has long required libm to
provide those functions as well as their inverses asinh(),
acosh(), atanh().  Hence, let's just expose the libm functions
to the SQL level.  As with the trig functions, we only implement
versions for float8, not numeric.

For the moment, we'll assume that all platforms actually do have
these functions; if experience teaches otherwise, some autoconf
effort may be needed.

SQL:2016 also adds support for base-10 logarithm, but with the
function name log10(), whereas the name we've long used is log().
Add aliases named log10() for the float8 and numeric versions.

Lætitia Avrot

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB_COdguG22LO=rnxDQ2DW1uzv8aQoUzyDQNJjrR4k00XSgm5w@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-12 15:55:09 -04:00
Tom Lane 3aa0395d4e Remove remaining hard-wired OID references in the initial catalog data.
In the v11-era commits that taught genbki.pl to resolve symbolic
OID references in the initial catalog data, we didn't bother to
make every last reference symbolic; some of the catalogs have so
few initial rows that it didn't seem worthwhile.

However, the new project policy that OIDs assigned by new patches
should be automatically renumberable changes this calculus.
A patch that wants to add a row in one of these catalogs would have
a problem when the OID it assigns gets renumbered.  Hence, do the
mop-up work needed to make all OID references in initial data be
symbolic, and establish an associated project policy that we'll
never again write a hard-wired OID reference there.

No catversion bump since the contents of postgres.bki aren't
actually changed by this commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmMTGMcPuph4OvsO7Ykut0AOCF_i-=eaochT0dd2BN9CQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-12 12:30:35 -04:00
Tom Lane a6417078c4 Create a script that can renumber manually-assigned OIDs.
This commit adds a Perl script renumber_oids.pl, which can reassign a
range of manually-assigned OIDs to someplace else by modifying OID
fields of the catalog *.dat files and OID-assigning macros in the
catalog *.h files.

Up to now, we've encouraged new patches that need manually-assigned
OIDs to use OIDs just above the range of existing OIDs.  Predictably,
this leads to patches stepping on each others' toes, as whichever
one gets committed first creates an OID conflict that other patch
author(s) have to resolve manually.  With the availability of
renumber_oids.pl, we can eliminate a lot of this hassle.
The new project policy, therefore, is:

* Encourage new patches to use high OIDs (the documentation suggests
choosing a block of OIDs at random in 8000..9999).

* After feature freeze in each development cycle, run renumber_oids.pl
to move all such OIDs down to lower numbers, thus freeing the high OID
range for the next development cycle.

This plan should greatly reduce the risk of OID collisions between
concurrently-developed patches.  Also, if such a collision happens
anyway, we have the option to resolve it without much effort by doing
an off-schedule OID renumbering to get the first-committed patch out
of the way.  Or a patch author could use renumber_oids.pl to change
their patch's assignments without much pain.

This approach does put a premium on not hard-wiring any OID values
in places where renumber_oids.pl and genbki.pl can't fix them.
Project practice in that respect seems to be pretty good already,
but a follow-on patch will sand down some rough edges.

John Naylor and Tom Lane, per an idea of Peter Geoghegan's

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmMTGMcPuph4OvsO7Ykut0AOCF_i-=eaochT0dd2BN9CQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-12 10:50:48 -04:00
Michael Paquier ce6afc6823 Add routine able to update the control file to src/common/
This adds a new routine to src/common/ which is compatible with both the
frontend and backend code, able to update the control file's contents.
This is now getting used only by pg_rewind, but some upcoming patches
which add more control on checksums for offline instances will make use
of it.  This could also get used more by the backend as xlog.c has its
own flavor of the same logic with some wait events and an additional
flush phase before closing the opened file descriptor, but this is let
as separate work.

Author: Michael Banck, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Sergei Kornilov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181221201616.GD4974@nighthawk.caipicrew.dd-dns.de
2019-03-12 10:03:33 +09:00
Andres Freund 32b8f0b033 Remove spurious return.
Per buildfarm member anole.

Author: Andres Freund
2019-03-11 15:04:00 -07:00
Andres Freund c2fe139c20 tableam: Add and use scan APIs.
Too allow table accesses to be not directly dependent on heap, several
new abstractions are needed. Specifically:

1) Heap scans need to be generalized into table scans. Do this by
   introducing TableScanDesc, which will be the "base class" for
   individual AMs. This contains the AM independent fields from
   HeapScanDesc.

   The previous heap_{beginscan,rescan,endscan} et al. have been
   replaced with a table_ version.

   There's no direct replacement for heap_getnext(), as that returned
   a HeapTuple, which is undesirable for a other AMs. Instead there's
   table_scan_getnextslot().  But note that heap_getnext() lives on,
   it's still used widely to access catalog tables.

   This is achieved by new scan_begin, scan_end, scan_rescan,
   scan_getnextslot callbacks.

2) The portion of parallel scans that's shared between backends need
   to be able to do so without the user doing per-AM work. To achieve
   that new parallelscan_{estimate, initialize, reinitialize}
   callbacks are introduced, which operate on a new
   ParallelTableScanDesc, which again can be subclassed by AMs.

   As it is likely that several AMs are going to be block oriented,
   block oriented callbacks that can be shared between such AMs are
   provided and used by heap. table_block_parallelscan_{estimate,
   intiialize, reinitialize} as callbacks, and
   table_block_parallelscan_{nextpage, init} for use in AMs. These
   operate on a ParallelBlockTableScanDesc.

3) Index scans need to be able to access tables to return a tuple, and
   there needs to be state across individual accesses to the heap to
   store state like buffers. That's now handled by introducing a
   sort-of-scan IndexFetchTable, which again is intended to be
   subclassed by individual AMs (for heap IndexFetchHeap).

   The relevant callbacks for an AM are index_fetch_{end, begin,
   reset} to create the necessary state, and index_fetch_tuple to
   retrieve an indexed tuple.  Note that index_fetch_tuple
   implementations need to be smarter than just blindly fetching the
   tuples for AMs that have optimizations similar to heap's HOT - the
   currently alive tuple in the update chain needs to be fetched if
   appropriate.

   Similar to table_scan_getnextslot(), it's undesirable to continue
   to return HeapTuples. Thus index_fetch_heap (might want to rename
   that later) now accepts a slot as an argument. Core code doesn't
   have a lot of call sites performing index scans without going
   through the systable_* API (in contrast to loads of heap_getnext
   calls and working directly with HeapTuples).

   Index scans now store the result of a search in
   IndexScanDesc->xs_heaptid, rather than xs_ctup->t_self. As the
   target is not generally a HeapTuple anymore that seems cleaner.

To be able to sensible adapt code to use the above, two further
callbacks have been introduced:

a) slot_callbacks returns a TupleTableSlotOps* suitable for creating
   slots capable of holding a tuple of the AMs
   type. table_slot_callbacks() and table_slot_create() are based
   upon that, but have additional logic to deal with views, foreign
   tables, etc.

   While this change could have been done separately, nearly all the
   call sites that needed to be adapted for the rest of this commit
   also would have been needed to be adapted for
   table_slot_callbacks(), making separation not worthwhile.

b) tuple_satisfies_snapshot checks whether the tuple in a slot is
   currently visible according to a snapshot. That's required as a few
   places now don't have a buffer + HeapTuple around, but a
   slot (which in heap's case internally has that information).

Additionally a few infrastructure changes were needed:

I) SysScanDesc, as used by systable_{beginscan, getnext} et al. now
   internally uses a slot to keep track of tuples. While
   systable_getnext() still returns HeapTuples, and will so for the
   foreseeable future, the index API (see 1) above) now only deals with
   slots.

The remainder, and largest part, of this commit is then adjusting all
scans in postgres to use the new APIs.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 12:46:41 -07:00
Amit Kapila a6e48da088 Fix typos in commit 8586bf7ed8.
Author: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KNv1Mg2krf4E9ssWFnE=8A9mZ1VbVywXBZTFSzb+wP2g@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-11 09:58:46 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera af38498d4c Move hash_any prototype from access/hash.h to utils/hashutils.h
... as well as its implementation from backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c to
backend/utils/hash/hashfn.c.

access/hash is the place for the hash index AM, not really appropriate
for generic facilities, which is what hash_any is; having things the old
way meant that anything using hash_any had to include the AM's include
file, pointlessly polluting its namespace with unrelated, unnecessary
cruft.

Also move the HTEqual strategy number to access/stratnum.h from
access/hash.h.

To avoid breaking third-party extension code, add an #include
"utils/hashutils.h" to access/hash.h.  (An easily removed line by
committers who enjoy their asbestos suits to protect them from angry
extension authors.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901251935.ser5e4h6djt2@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-11 13:17:50 -03:00
Tom Lane caf626b2cd Convert [autovacuum_]vacuum_cost_delay into floating-point GUCs.
This change makes it possible to specify sub-millisecond delays,
which work well on most modern platforms, though that was not true
when the cost-delay feature was designed.

To support this without breaking existing configuration entries,
improve guc.c to allow floating-point GUCs to have units.  Also,
allow "us" (microseconds) as an input/output unit for time-unit GUCs.
(It's not allowed as a base unit, at least not yet.)

Likewise change the autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay reloption to be
floating-point; this forces a catversion bump because the layout of
StdRdOptions changes.

This patch doesn't in itself change the default values or allowed
ranges for these parameters, and it should not affect the behavior
for any already-allowed setting for them.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1798.1552165479@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-03-10 15:01:39 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov f2e403803f Support for INCLUDE attributes in GiST indexes
Similarly to B-tree, GiST index access method gets support of INCLUDE
attributes.  These attributes aren't used for tree navigation and aren't
present in non-leaf pages.  But they are present in leaf pages and can be
fetched during index-only scan.

The point of having INCLUDE attributes in GiST indexes is slightly different
from the point of having them in B-tree.  The main point of INCLUDE attributes
in B-tree is to define UNIQUE constraint over part of attributes enabled for
index-only scan.  In GiST the main point of INCLUDE attributes is to use
index-only scan for attributes, whose data types don't have GiST opclasses.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73A1A452-AD5F-40D4-BD61-978622FF75C1%40yandex-team.ru
Author: Andrey Borodin, with small changes by me
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson
2019-03-10 11:37:17 +03:00
Magnus Hagander 0516c61b75 Add new clientcert hba option verify-full
This allows a login to require both that the cn of the certificate
matches (like authentication type cert) *and* that another
authentication method (such as password or kerberos) succeeds as well.

The old value of clientcert=1 maps to the new clientcert=verify-ca,
clientcert=0 maps to the new clientcert=no-verify, and the new option
erify-full will add the validation of the CN.

Author: Julian Markwort, Marius Timmer
Reviewed by: Magnus Hagander, Thomas Munro
2019-03-09 12:19:47 -08:00
Magnus Hagander 6b9e875f72 Track block level checksum failures in pg_stat_database
This adds a column that counts how many checksum failures have occurred
on files belonging to a specific database. Both checksum failures
during normal backend processing and those created when a base backup
detects a checksum failure are counted.

Author: Magnus Hagander
Reviewed by: Julien Rouhaud
2019-03-09 10:47:30 -08:00
Noah Misch 3c5926301a Avoid some table rewrites for ALTER TABLE .. SET DATA TYPE timestamp.
When the timezone is UTC, timestamptz and timestamp are binary coercible
in both directions.  See b8a18ad485 and
c22ecc6562 for the previous attempt in
this problem space.  Skip the table rewrite; for now, continue to
needlessly rewrite any index on an affected column.

Reviewed by Simon Riggs and Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190226061450.GA1665944@rfd.leadboat.com
2019-03-08 20:16:27 -08:00
Tom Lane 1b76168da7 Reformat catalog .dat files.
Test run for my previous commit; cleans up formatting issues in some
other recent commits.
2019-03-08 12:01:27 -05:00
Tom Lane 27aaf6eff4 Minor improvements for reformat_dat_file.pl.
Use Getopt::Long in preference to hand-rolled option parsing code.

Also, remove "-I .../backend/catalog" switch from the Makefile
invocations.  That's been unnecessary for some time, and leaving it
there gives the false impression it's needed in manual invocations.

John Naylor (extracted from a larger but more controversial patch)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACPNZCsHdcQN2jQ1=ptbi1Co2Nj3aHgRCUMk62=ThgWNabPY+Q@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-08 11:48:49 -05:00
Tom Lane 1d33858406 Fix handling of targetlist SRFs when scan/join relation is known empty.
When we introduced separate ProjectSetPath nodes for application of
set-returning functions in v10, we inadvertently broke some cases where
we're supposed to recognize that the result of a subquery is known to be
empty (contain zero rows).  That's because IS_DUMMY_REL was just looking
for a childless AppendPath without allowing for a ProjectSetPath being
possibly stuck on top.  In itself, this didn't do anything much worse
than produce slightly worse plans for some corner cases.

Then in v11, commit 11cf92f6e rearranged things to allow the scan/join
targetlist to be applied directly to partial paths before they get
gathered.  But it inserted a short-circuit path for dummy relations
that was a little too short: it failed to insert a ProjectSetPath node
at all for a targetlist containing set-returning functions, resulting in
bogus "set-valued function called in context that cannot accept a set"
errors, as reported in bug #15669 from Madelaine Thibaut.

The best way to fix this mess seems to be to reimplement IS_DUMMY_REL
so that it drills down through any ProjectSetPath nodes that might be
there (and it seems like we'd better allow for ProjectionPath as well).

While we're at it, make it look at rel->pathlist not cheapest_total_path,
so that it gives the right answer independently of whether set_cheapest
has been done lately.  That dependency looks pretty shaky in the context
of code like apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths, and even if it's not broken
today it'd certainly bite us at some point.  (Nastily, unsafe use of the
old coding would almost always work; the hazard comes down to possibly
looking through a dangling pointer, and only once in a blue moon would
you find something there that resulted in the wrong answer.)

It now looks like it was a mistake for IS_DUMMY_REL to be a macro: if
there are any extensions using it, they'll continue to use the old
inadequate logic until they're recompiled, after which they'll fail
to load into server versions predating this fix.  Hopefully there are
few such extensions.

Having fixed IS_DUMMY_REL, the special path for dummy rels in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths is unnecessary as well as being wrong,
so we can just drop it.

Also change a few places that were testing for partitioned-ness of a
planner relation but not using IS_PARTITIONED_REL for the purpose; that
seems unsafe as well as inconsistent, plus it required an ugly hack in
apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths.

In passing, save a few cycles in apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths by
skipping processing of pre-existing paths for partitioned rels,
and do some cosmetic cleanup and comment adjustment in that function.

I renamed IS_DUMMY_PATH to IS_DUMMY_APPEND with the intention of breaking
any code that might be using it, since in almost every case that would
be wrong; IS_DUMMY_REL is what to be using instead.

In HEAD, also make set_dummy_rel_pathlist static (since it's no longer
used from outside allpaths.c), and delete is_dummy_plan, since it's no
longer used anywhere.

Back-patch as appropriate into v11 and v10.

Tom Lane and Julien Rouhaud

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15669-02fb3296cca26203@postgresql.org
2019-03-07 14:22:13 -05:00
Robert Haas 898e5e3290 Allow ATTACH PARTITION with only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
We still require AccessExclusiveLock on the partition itself, because
otherwise an insert that violates the newly-imposed partition
constraint could be in progress at the same time that we're changing
that constraint; only the lock level on the parent relation is
weakened.

To make this safe, we have to cope with (at least) three separate
problems. First, relevant DDL might commit while we're in the process
of building a PartitionDesc.  If so, find_inheritance_children() might
see a new partition while the RELOID system cache still has the old
partition bound cached, and even before invalidation messages have
been queued.  To fix that, if we see that the pg_class tuple seems to
be missing or to have a null relpartbound, refetch the value directly
from the table. We can't get the wrong value, because DETACH PARTITION
still requires AccessExclusiveLock throughout; if we ever want to
change that, this will need more thought. In testing, I found it quite
difficult to hit even the null-relpartbound case; the race condition
is extremely tight, but the theoretical risk is there.

Second, successive calls to RelationGetPartitionDesc might not return
the same answer.  The query planner will get confused if lookup up the
PartitionDesc for a particular relation does not return a consistent
answer for the entire duration of query planning.  Likewise, query
execution will get confused if the same relation seems to have a
different PartitionDesc at different times.  Invent a new
PartitionDirectory concept and use it to ensure consistency.  This
ensures that a single invocation of either the planner or the executor
sees the same view of the PartitionDesc from beginning to end, but it
does not guarantee that the planner and the executor see the same
view.  Since this allows pointers to old PartitionDesc entries to
survive even after a relcache rebuild, also postpone removing the old
PartitionDesc entry until we're certain no one is using it.

For the most part, it seems to be OK for the planner and executor to
have different views of the PartitionDesc, because the executor will
just ignore any concurrently added partitions which were unknown at
plan time; those partitions won't be part of the inheritance
expansion, but invalidation messages will trigger replanning at some
point.  Normally, this happens by the time the very next command is
executed, but if the next command acquires no locks and executes a
prepared query, it can manage not to notice until a new transaction is
started.  We might want to tighten that up, but it's material for a
separate patch.  There would still be a small window where a query
that started just after an ATTACH PARTITION command committed might
fail to notice its results -- but only if the command starts before
the commit has been acknowledged to the user. All in all, the warts
here around serializability seem small enough to be worth accepting
for the considerable advantage of being able to add partitions without
a full table lock.

Although in general the consequences of new partitions showing up
between planning and execution are limited to the query not noticing
the new partitions, run-time partition pruning will get confused in
that case, so that's the third problem that this patch fixes.
Run-time partition pruning assumes that indexes into the PartitionDesc
are stable between planning and execution.  So, add code so that if
new partitions are added between plan time and execution time, the
indexes stored in the subplan_map[] and subpart_map[] arrays within
the plan's PartitionedRelPruneInfo get adjusted accordingly.  There
does not seem to be a simple way to generalize this scheme to cope
with partitions that are removed, mostly because they could then get
added back again with different bounds, but it works OK for added
partitions.

This code does not try to ensure that every backend participating in
a parallel query sees the same view of the PartitionDesc.  That
currently doesn't matter, because we never pass PartitionDesc
indexes between backends.  Each backend will ignore the concurrently
added partitions which it notices, and it doesn't matter if different
backends are ignoring different sets of concurrently added partitions.
If in the future that matters, for example because we allow writes in
parallel query and want all participants to do tuple routing to the same
set of partitions, the PartitionDirectory concept could be improved to
share PartitionDescs across backends.  There is a draft patch to
serialize and restore PartitionDescs on the thread where this patch
was discussed, which may be a useful place to start.

Patch by me.  Thanks to Alvaro Herrera, David Rowley, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, and Michael Paquier for discussion, and to Alvaro
Herrera for some review.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt2upbSocvvDej3yzokd7AkiT+PvgFH+a9-5VV1oJNSQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZE0r9-cyA-aY6f8WFEROaDLLL7Vf81kZ8MtFCkxpeQSw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY13KQZF-=HNTrt9UYWYx3_oYOQpu9ioNT49jGgiDpUEA@mail.gmail.com
2019-03-07 11:13:12 -05:00
Thomas Munro 42210524cc Remove useless header inclusion. 2019-03-07 20:02:22 +13:00
Thomas Munro 91595f9d49 Drop the vestigial "smgr" type.
Before commit 3fa2bb31 this type appeared in the catalogs to
select which of several block storage mechanisms each relation
used.

New features under development propose to revive the concept of
different block storage managers for new kinds of data accessed
via bufmgr.c, but don't need to put references to them in the
catalogs.  So, avoid useless maintenance work on this type by
dropping it.  Update some regression tests that were referencing
it where any type would do.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BDE0mmiBZMtZyvwWtgv1sZCniSVhXYsXkvJ_Wo%2B83vvw%40mail.gmail.com
2019-03-07 15:44:04 +13:00
Andres Freund 277cb78983 Don't reuse slots between root and partition in ON CONFLICT ... UPDATE.
Until now the the slot to store the conflicting tuple, and the result
of the ON CONFLICT SET, where reused between partitions. That
necessitated changing slots descriptor when switching partitions.

Besides the overhead of switching descriptors on a slot (which
requires memory allocations and prevents JITing), that's importantly
also problematic for tableam. There individual partitions might belong
to different tableams, needing different kinds of slots.

In passing also fix ExecOnConflictUpdate to clear the existing slot at
exit. Otherwise that slot could continue to hold a pin till the query
ends, which could be far too long if the input data set is large, and
there's no further conflicts. While previously also problematic, it's
now more important as there will be more such slots when partitioned.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-06 15:43:33 -08:00
Andres Freund b172342321 Fix copy/out/readfuncs for accessMethod addition in 8586bf7ed8.
This includes a catversion bump, as IntoClause is theoretically
speaking part of storable rules. In practice I don't think that can
happen, but there's no reason to be stingy here.

Per buildfarm member calliphoridae.
2019-03-06 11:55:28 -08:00
Andres Freund 8586bf7ed8 tableam: introduce table AM infrastructure.
This introduces the concept of table access methods, i.e. CREATE
  ACCESS METHOD ... TYPE TABLE and
  CREATE TABLE ... USING (storage-engine).
No table access functionality is delegated to table AMs as of this
commit, that'll be done in following commits.

Subsequent commits will incrementally abstract table access
functionality to be routed through table access methods. That change
is too large to be reviewed & committed at once, so it'll be done
incrementally.

Docs will be updated at the end, as adding them incrementally would
likely make them less coherent, and definitely is a lot more work,
without a lot of benefit.

Table access methods are specified similar to index access methods,
i.e. pg_am.amhandler returns, as INTERNAL, a pointer to a struct with
callbacks. In contrast to index AMs that struct needs to live as long
as a backend, typically that's achieved by just returning a pointer to
a constant struct.

Psql's \d+ now displays a table's access method. That can be disabled
with HIDE_TABLEAM=true, which is mainly useful so regression tests can
be run against different AMs.  It's quite possible that this behaviour
still needs to be fine tuned.

For now it's not allowed to set a table AM for a partitioned table, as
we've not resolved how partitions would inherit that. Disallowing
allows us to introduce, if we decide that's the way forward, such a
behaviour without a compatibility break.

Catversion bumped, to add the heap table AM and references to it.

Author: Haribabu Kommi, Andres Freund, Alvaro Herrera, Dimitri Golgov and others
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
    https://postgr.es/m/20190107235616.6lur25ph22u5u5av@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20190304234700.w5tmhducs5wxgzls@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-06 09:54:38 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera b96f6b1948 pg_partition_ancestors
Adds another introspection feature for partitioning, necessary for
further psql patches.

Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190226222757.GA31622@alvherre.pgsql
2019-03-04 16:14:29 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut 278584b526 Remove volatile from latch API
This was no longer useful since the latch functions use memory
barriers already, which are also compiler barriers, and volatile does
not help with cross-process access.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20190218202511.qsfpuj5sy4dbezcw%40alap3.anarazel.de#18783c27d73e9e40009c82f6e0df0974
2019-03-04 11:30:41 +01:00
Andres Freund ad0bda5d24 Store tuples for EvalPlanQual in slots, rather than as HeapTuples.
For the upcoming pluggable table access methods it's quite
inconvenient to store tuples as HeapTuples, as that'd require
converting tuples from a their native format into HeapTuples. Instead
use slots to manage epq tuples.

To fit into that scheme, change the foreign data wrapper callback
RefetchForeignRow, to store the tuple in a slot. Insist on using the
caller provided slot, so it conveniently can be stored in the
corresponding EPQ slot.  As there is no in core user of
RefetchForeignRow, that change was done blindly, but we plan to test
that soon.

To avoid duplicating that work for row locks, move row locks to just
directly use the EPQ slots - it previously temporarily stored tuples
in LockRowsState.lr_curtuples, but that doesn't seem beneficial, given
we'd possibly end up with a significant number of additional slots.

The behaviour of es_epqTupleSet[rti -1] is now checked by
es_epqTupleSlot[rti -1] != NULL, as that is distinguishable from a
slot containing an empty tuple.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi, Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-03-01 10:37:57 -08:00
Tom Lane c94fb8e8ac Standardize some more loops that chase down parallel lists.
We have forboth() and forthree() macros that simplify iterating
through several parallel lists, but not everyplace that could
reasonably use those was doing so.  Also invent forfour() and
forfive() macros to do the same for four or five parallel lists,
and use those where applicable.

The immediate motivation for doing this is to reduce the number
of ad-hoc lnext() calls, to reduce the footprint of a WIP patch.
However, it seems like good cleanup and error-proofing anyway;
the places that were combining forthree() with a manually iterated
loop seem particularly illegible and bug-prone.

There was some speculation about restructuring related parsetree
representations to reduce the need for parallel list chasing of
this sort.  Perhaps that's a win, or perhaps not, but in any case
it would be considerably more invasive than this patch; and it's
not particularly related to my immediate goal of improving the
List infrastructure.  So I'll leave that question for another day.

Patch by me; thanks to David Rowley for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11587.1550975080@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-28 14:25:01 -05:00
Andres Freund ff11e7f4b9 Use slots in trigger infrastructure, except for the actual invocation.
In preparation for abstracting table storage, convert trigger.c to
track tuples in slots. Which also happens to make code calling
triggers simpler.

As the calling interface for triggers themselves is not changed in
this patch, HeapTuples still are extracted from the slot at that
time. But that's handled solely inside trigger.c, not visible to
callers. It's quite likely that we'll want to revise the external
trigger interface, but that's a separate large project.

As part of this work the slots used for old/new/return tuples are
moved from EState into ResultRelInfo, as different updated tables
might need different slots. The slots are now also now created
on-demand, which is good both from an efficiency POV, but also makes
the modifying code simpler.

Author: Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-26 20:31:38 -08:00
Andres Freund b8d71745ea Store table oid and tuple's tid in tuple slots directly.
After the introduction of tuple table slots all table AMs need to
support returning the table oid of the tuple stored in a slot created
by said AM. It does not make sense to re-implement that in every AM,
therefore move handling of table OIDs into the TupleTableSlot
structure itself.  It's possible that we, at a later date, might want
to get rid of HeapTupleData.t_tableOid entirely, but doing so before
the abstractions for table AMs are integrated turns out to be too
hard, so delay that for now.

Similarly, every AM needs to support the concept of a tuple
identifier (tid / item pointer) for its tuples. It's quite possible
that we'll generalize the exact form of a tid at a future point (to
allow for things like index organized tables), but for now many parts
of the code know about tids, so there's not much point in abstracting
tids away. Therefore also move into slot (rather than providing API to
set/get the tid associated with the tuple in a slot).

Once table AM includes insert/updating/deleting tuples, the
responsibility to set the correct tid after such an action will move
into that. After that change, code doing such modifications, should
not have to deal with HeapTuples directly anymore.

Author: Andres Freund, Haribabu Kommi and Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-26 20:31:16 -08:00
Andres Freund 5408e233f0 Allow to use HeapTupleData embedded in [Buffer]HeapTupleTableSlot.
That avoids having to care about the lifetime of the
HeapTupleHeaderData passed to ExecStore[Buffer]HeapTuple(). That
doesn't make a huge difference for a plain HeapTupleTableSlot, but for
BufferHeapTupleTableSlot it can be a significant advantage, avoiding
the need to materialize slots where it's inconvenient to provide a
HeapTupleData with appropriate lifetime to point to the on-disk tuple.

It's quite possible that we'll want to add support functions for
constructing HeapTuples using that embedded HeapTupleData, but for now
callers do so themselves.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-26 18:15:59 -08:00
Andres Freund 8aa02b52db Add ExecStorePinnedBufferHeapTuple.
This allows to avoid an unnecessary pin/unpin cycle when storing a
tuple in an already pinned buffer into a slot, when the pin isn't
further needed at the call site.

Only a single caller for now (to ensure coverage), but upcoming
patches will increase use of the new function.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-26 17:59:01 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan 2ab23445bc Remove unneeded argument from _bt_getstackbuf().
_bt_getstackbuf() is called at exactly two points following commit
efada2b8e9 (one call site is concerned with page splits, while the
other is concerned with page deletion).  The parent buffer returned by
_bt_getstackbuf() is write-locked in both cases.  Remove the 'access'
argument and make _bt_getstackbuf() assume that callers require a
write-lock.
2019-02-25 17:47:43 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut bc09d5e4cc Remove unnecessary use of PROCEDURAL
Remove some unnecessary, legacy-looking use of the PROCEDURAL keyword
before LANGUAGE.  We mostly don't use this anymore, so some of these
look a bit old.

There is still some use in pg_dump, which is harder to remove because
it's baked into the archive format, so I'm not touching that.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2330919b-62d9-29ac-8de3-58c024fdcb96@2ndquadrant.com
2019-02-25 08:38:59 +01:00
Michael Paquier effe7d9552 Make release of 2PC identifier and locks consistent in COMMIT PREPARED
When preparing a transaction in two-phase commit, a dummy PGPROC entry
holding the GID used for the transaction is registered, which gets
released once COMMIT PREPARED is run.  Prior releasing its shared memory
state, all the locks taken in the prepared transaction are released
using a dedicated set of callbacks (pgstat and multixact having similar
callbacks), which may cause the locks to be released before the GID is
set free.

Hence, there is a small window where lock conflicts could happen, for
example:
- Transaction A releases its locks, still holding its GID in shared
memory.
- Transaction B held a lock which conflicted with locks of transaction
A.
- Transaction B continues its processing, reusing the same GID as
transaction A.
- Transaction B fails because of a conflicting GID, already in use by
transaction A.

This commit changes the shared memory state release so as post-commit
callbacks and predicate lock cleanup happen consistently with the shared
memory state cleanup for the dummy PGPROC entry.  The race window is
small and 2PC had this issue from the start, so no backpatch is done.
On top if that fixes discussed involved ABI breakages, which are not
welcome in stable branches.

Reported-by: Oleksii Kliukin, Ildar Musin
Diagnosed-by: Oleksii Kliukin, Ildar Musin
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BF9B38A4-2BFF-46E8-BA87-A2D00A8047A6@hintbits.com
2019-02-25 14:19:34 +09:00
Tom Lane 0c7d537930 Move estimate_hashagg_tablesize to selfuncs.c, and widen result to double.
It seems to make more sense for this to be in selfuncs.c, since it's
largely a statistical-estimation thing, and it's related to other
functions like estimate_hash_bucket_stats that are there.

While at it, change the result type from Size to double.  Perhaps at one
point it was impossible for the result to overflow an integer, but
I've got no confidence in that proposition anymore.  Nothing's actually
done with the result except to compare it to a work_mem-based limit,
so as long as we don't get an overflow on the way to that comparison,
things should be fine even with very large dNumGroups.

Code movement proposed by Antonin Houska, type change by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25767.1549359615@localhost
2019-02-21 14:59:12 -05:00
Robert Haas 1bb5e78218 Move code for managing PartitionDescs into a new file, partdesc.c
This is similar in spirit to the existing partbounds.c file in the
same directory, except that there's a lot less code in the new file
created by this commit.  Pending work in this area proposes to add a
bunch more code related to PartitionDescs, though, and this will give
us a good place to put it.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZUwPf_uanjF==gTGBMJrn8uCq52XYvAEorNkLrUdoawg@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-21 11:45:02 -05:00
Andrew Gierth d26a810ebf Use an unsigned char for bool if we don't use the native bool.
On (rare) platforms where sizeof(bool) > 1, we need to use our own
bool, but imported c99 code (such as Ryu) may want to use bool values
as array subscripts, which elicits warnings if bool is defined as
char. Using unsigned char instead should work just as well for our
purposes, and avoid such warnings.

Per buildfarm members prariedog and locust.
2019-02-20 21:31:02 +00:00
Michael Paquier f0cce9fcb5 Fix typo in transam.h for OIDs assigned by genbki.pl
The actual range of reserved OIDs in this case is [11000,11999] and not
[11000,12000].

Author: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJVSVGV5StmK-inxbmrf0nLbBGeaAKnjnqxXmk+4ufeav8JMSA@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-18 12:44:25 +09:00
Joe Conway 290e3b77fd Mark pg_config() stable rather than immutable
pg_config() has been marked immutable since its inception. As part of a
larger discussion around the definition of immutable versus stable and
related implications for marking functions parallel safe raised by
Andres, the consensus was clearly that pg_config() is stable, since
it could possibly change output even for the same minor version with
a recompile or installation of a new binary. So mark it stable.

Theoretically this could/should be backpatched, but it was deemed to be not
worth the effort since in practice this is very unlikely to cause problems
in the real world.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181126234521.rh3grz7aavx2ubjv@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-02-17 09:21:13 -05:00
Tom Lane 608b167f9f Allow user control of CTE materialization, and change the default behavior.
Historically we've always materialized the full output of a CTE query,
treating WITH as an optimization fence (so that, for example, restrictions
from the outer query cannot be pushed into it).  This is appropriate when
the CTE query is INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, or is recursive; but when the CTE
query is non-recursive and side-effect-free, there's no hazard of changing
the query results by pushing restrictions down.

Another argument for materialization is that it can avoid duplicate
computation of an expensive WITH query --- but that only applies if
the WITH query is called more than once in the outer query.  Even then
it could still be a net loss, if each call has restrictions that
would allow just a small part of the WITH query to be computed.

Hence, let's change the behavior for WITH queries that are non-recursive
and side-effect-free.  By default, we will inline them into the outer
query (removing the optimization fence) if they are called just once.
If they are called more than once, we will keep the old behavior by
default, but the user can override this and force inlining by specifying
NOT MATERIALIZED.  Lastly, the user can force the old behavior by
specifying MATERIALIZED; this would mainly be useful when the query had
deliberately been employing WITH as an optimization fence to prevent a
poor choice of plan.

Andreas Karlsson, Andrew Gierth, David Fetter

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87sh48ffhb.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-16 16:11:12 -05:00
Andrew Gierth 79730e2a9b Fix previous MinGW fix.
Definitions required for MinGW need to be outside #if _MSC_VER. Oops.
2019-02-16 15:23:02 +00:00
Tom Lane 02a6a54ecd Make use of compiler builtins and/or assembly for CLZ, CTZ, POPCNT.
Test for the compiler builtins __builtin_clz, __builtin_ctz, and
__builtin_popcount, and make use of these in preference to
handwritten C code if they're available.  Create src/port
infrastructure for "leftmost one", "rightmost one", and "popcount"
so as to centralize these decisions.

On x86_64, __builtin_popcount generally won't make use of the POPCNT
opcode because that's not universally supported yet.  Provide code
that checks CPUID and then calls POPCNT via asm() if available.
This requires indirecting through a function pointer, which is
an annoying amount of overhead for a one-instruction operation,
but it's probably not worth working harder than this for our
current use-cases.

I'm not sure we've found all the existing places that could profit
from this new infrastructure; but we at least touched all the
ones that used copied-and-pasted versions of the bitmapset.c code,
and got rid of multiple copies of the associated constant arrays.

While at it, replace c-compiler.m4's one-per-builtin-function
macros with a single one that can handle all the cases we need
to worry about so far.  Also, because I'm paranoid, make those
checks into AC_LINK checks rather than just AC_COMPILE; the
former coding failed to verify that libgcc has support for the
builtin, in cases where it's not inline code.

David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Alvaro Herrera, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-15 23:22:33 -05:00
Andrew Gierth 72880ac182 Cygwin and Mingw floating-point fixes.
Deal with silent-underflow errors in float4 for cygwin and mingw by
using our strtof() wrapper; deal with misrounding errors by adding
them to the resultmap. Some slight reorganization of declarations was
done to avoid duplicating material between cygwin.h and win32_port.h.

While here, remove from the resultmap all references to
float8-small-is-zero; inspection of cygwin output suggests it's no
longer required there, and the freebsd/netbsd/openbsd entries should
no longer be necessary (these date back to c. 2000). This commit
doesn't remove the file itself nor the documentation references for
it; that will happen in a subsequent commit if all goes well.
2019-02-16 01:50:16 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera 457aef0f1f Revert attempts to use POPCNT etc instructions
This reverts commits fc6c72747a, 109de05cbb, d0b4663c23 and
711bab1e4d.

Somebody will have to try harder before submitting this patch again.
I've spent entirely too much time on it already, and the #ifdef maze yet
to be written in order for it to build at all got on my nerves.  The
amount of work needed to get a platform-specific performance improvement
that's barely above the noise level is not worth it.
2019-02-15 16:32:30 -03:00
Tom Lane e89f14e2bb Refactor index cost estimation functions in view of IndexClause changes.
Get rid of deconstruct_indexquals() in favor of just iterating over the
IndexClause list directly.  The extra services that that function used to
provide, such as hiding clause commutation and associating the right index
column with each clause, are no longer useful given the new data structure.
I'd originally thought that it'd provide a useful amount of abstraction
by freeing callers from paying attention to the exact clause type of each
indexqual, but that hope proves to have been vain, because few callers can
ignore the semantic differences between different clause types.  Indeed,
removing it results in a net code savings, and probably some cycles shaved
by not having to build an extra list-of-structs data structure.

Also, export a few formerly-static support functions, with the goal
of allowing extension AMs to write functionality equivalent to
genericcostestimate() without pointless code duplication.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-15 13:05:19 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera fc6c72747a Fix compiler builtin usage in new pg_bitutils.c
Split out these new functions in three parts: one in a new file that
uses the compiler builtin and gets compiled with the -mpopcnt compiler
option if it exists; another one that uses the compiler builtin but not
the compiler option; and finally the fallback with open-coded
algorithms.

Split out the configure logic: in the original commit, it was selecting
to use the -mpopcnt compiler switch together with deciding whether to
use the compiler builtin, but those two things are really separate.
Split them out.  Also, expose whether the builtin exists to
Makefile.global, so that src/port's Makefile can decide whether to
compile the hw-optimized file.

Remove CPUID test for CTZ/CLZ.  Make pg_{right,left}most_ones use either
the compiler intrinsic or open-coded algo; trying to use the
HW-optimized version is a waste of time.  Make them static inline
functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190213221719.GA15976@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-15 13:39:56 -03:00
Tom Lane 8fd3fdd85a Simplify the planner's new representation of indexable clauses a little.
In commit 1a8d5afb0, I thought it'd be a good idea to define
IndexClause.indexquals as NIL in the most common case where the given
clause (IndexClause.rinfo) is usable exactly as-is.  It'd be more
consistent to define the indexquals in that case as being a one-element
list containing IndexClause.rinfo, but I thought saving the palloc
overhead for making such a list would be worthwhile.

In hindsight, that was a great example of "premature optimization is the
root of all evil": it's complicated everyplace that needs to deal with
the indexquals, requiring duplicative code to handle both the simple
case and the not-simple case.  I'd initially found that tolerable but
it's getting less so as I mop up some areas that I'd not touched in
1a8d5afb0.  In any case, two more pallocs during a planner run are
surely at the noise level (a conclusion confirmed by a bit of
microbenchmarking).  So let's change this decision before it becomes
set in stone, and insist that IndexClause.indexquals always be a valid
list of the actual index quals for the clause.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24586.1550106354@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-14 19:37:30 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 86eea78694 Get rid of another unconstify through API changes
This also makes the code in read_client_first_message() more similar
to read_client_final_message().

Reported-by: Mark Dilger <hornschnorter@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/53a28052-f9f3-1808-fed9-460fd43035ab%402ndquadrant.com
2019-02-14 20:44:47 +01:00
Tom Lane 49fa99e54e Move pattern selectivity code from selfuncs.c to like_support.c.
While at it, refactor patternsel() a bit so that it can be used from
the LIKE/regex planner support functions as well.  This makes the
planner able to deal equally well with either operator or function
syntax for these operations.  I'm not excited about that as a feature
in itself, but it provides a nice model for extensions to follow if
they want such behavior for their operations.

This change localizes the use of pattern_fixed_prefix() and
make_greater_string() so that they no longer need be exported.
(We might get pushback from extensions about that, perhaps,
in which case I'd be inclined to re-export them in a new header
file like_support.h.)

This reduces the bulk of selfuncs.c a fair amount, removing ~1370
lines or about one-sixth of that file; it's still too big, but this
is progress.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/24537.1550093915@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-14 10:51:59 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 109de05cbb Fix portability issues in pg_bitutils
We were using uint64 function arguments as "long int" arguments to
compiler builtins, which fails on machines where long ints are 32 bits:
the upper half of the uint64 was being ignored.  Fix by using the "ll"
builtin variants instead, which on those machines take 64 bit arguments.

Also, remove configure tests for __builtin_popcountl() (as well as
"long" variants for ctz and clz): the theory here is that any compiler
version will provide all widths or none, so one test suffices.  Were
this theory to be wrong, we'd have to add tests for
__builtin_popcountll() and friends, which would be tedious.

Per failures in buildfarm member lapwing and ensuing discussion.
2019-02-13 20:09:48 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 711bab1e4d Add basic support for using the POPCNT and SSE4.2s LZCNT opcodes
These opcodes have been around in the AMD world since 2007, and 2008 in
the case of intel.  They're supported in GCC and Clang via some __builtin
macros.  The opcodes may be unavailable during runtime, in which case we
fall back on a C-based implementation of the code.  In order to get the
POPCNT instruction we must pass the -mpopcnt option to the compiler.  We
do this only for the pg_bitutils.c file.

David Rowley (with fragments taken from a patch by Thomas Munro)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9WTAGG1tPeJnD18hiQW5gAk59fQ6WK-vfdAKEHyRg2RA@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-13 16:10:06 -03:00
Andrew Gierth 02ddd49932 Change floating-point output format for improved performance.
Previously, floating-point output was done by rounding to a specific
decimal precision; by default, to 6 or 15 decimal digits (losing
information) or as requested using extra_float_digits. Drivers that
wanted exact float values, and applications like pg_dump that must
preserve values exactly, set extra_float_digits=3 (or sometimes 2 for
historical reasons, though this isn't enough for float4).

Unfortunately, decimal rounded output is slow enough to become a
noticable bottleneck when dealing with large result sets or COPY of
large tables when many floating-point values are involved.

Floating-point output can be done much faster when the output is not
rounded to a specific decimal length, but rather is chosen as the
shortest decimal representation that is closer to the original float
value than to any other value representable in the same precision. The
recently published Ryu algorithm by Ulf Adams is both relatively
simple and remarkably fast.

Accordingly, change float4out/float8out to output shortest decimal
representations if extra_float_digits is greater than 0, and make that
the new default. Applications that need rounded output can set
extra_float_digits back to 0 or below, and take the resulting
performance hit.

We make one concession to portability for systems with buggy
floating-point input: we do not output decimal values that fall
exactly halfway between adjacent representable binary values (which
would rely on the reader doing round-to-nearest-even correctly). This
is known to be a problem at least for VS2013 on Windows.

Our version of the Ryu code originates from
https://github.com/ulfjack/ryu/ at commit c9c3fb1979, but with the
following (significant) modifications:

 - Output format is changed to use fixed-point notation for small
   exponents, as printf would, and also to use lowercase 'e', a
   minimum of 2 exponent digits, and a mandatory sign on the exponent,
   to keep the formatting as close as possible to previous output.

 - The output of exact midpoint values is disabled as noted above.

 - The integer fast-path code is changed somewhat (since we have
   fixed-point output and the upstream did not).

 - Our project style has been largely applied to the code with the
   exception of C99 declaration-after-statement, which has been
   retained as an exception to our present policy.

 - Most of upstream's debugging and conditionals are removed, and we
   use our own configure tests to determine things like uint128
   availability.

Changing the float output format obviously affects a number of
regression tests. This patch uses an explicit setting of
extra_float_digits=0 for test output that is not expected to be
exactly reproducible (e.g. due to numerical instability or differing
algorithms for transcendental functions).

Conversions from floats to numeric are unchanged by this patch. These
may appear in index expressions and it is not yet clear whether any
change should be made, so that can be left for another day.

This patch assumes that the only supported floating point format is
now IEEE format, and the documentation is updated to reflect that.

Code by me, adapting the work of Ulf Adams and other contributors.

References:
https://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=3192369

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andres Freund, Donald Dong
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87r2el1bx6.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-13 15:20:33 +00:00
Andrew Gierth f397e08599 Use strtof() and not strtod() for float4 input.
Using strtod() creates a double-rounding problem; the input decimal
value is first rounded to the nearest double; rounding that to the
nearest float may then give an incorrect result.

An example is that 7.038531e-26 when input via strtod and then rounded
to float4 gives 0xAE43FEp-107 instead of the correct 0xAE43FDp-107.

Values output by earlier PG versions with extra_float_digits=3 should
all be read in with the same values as previously. However, values
supplied by other software using shortest representations could be
mis-read.

On platforms that lack a strtof() entirely, we fall back to the old
incorrect rounding behavior. (As strtof() is required by C99, such
platforms are considered of primarily historical interest.) On VS2013,
some workarounds are used to get correct error handling.

The regression tests now test for the correct input values, so
platforms that lack strtof() will need resultmap entries. An entry for
HP-UX 10 is included (more may be needed).

Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/871s5emitx.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87d0owlqpv.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk
2019-02-13 15:19:44 +00:00
Tom Lane b07c695d9c Fix header inclusion issue.
partprune.h failed to compile by itself; needs to include partdefs.h.

I think I must've broken this in fa2cf164a, though I'd swear I ran
the appropriate tests when removing #includes.  Anyway, it's very
sensible for this file to include partdefs.h, so let's just do that.

Per cpluspluscheck.
2019-02-11 22:37:24 -05:00
Tom Lane 74dfe58a59 Allow extensions to generate lossy index conditions.
For a long time, indxpath.c has had the ability to extract derived (lossy)
index conditions from certain operators such as LIKE.  For just as long,
it's been obvious that we really ought to make that capability available
to extensions.  This commit finally accomplishes that, by adding another
API for planner support functions that lets them create derived index
conditions for their functions.  As proof of concept, the hardwired
"special index operator" code formerly present in indxpath.c is pushed
out to planner support functions attached to LIKE and other relevant
operators.

A weak spot in this design is that an extension needs to know OIDs for
the operators, datatypes, and opfamilies involved in the transformation
it wants to make.  The core-code prototypes use hard-wired OID references
but extensions don't have that option for their own operators etc.  It's
usually possible to look up the required info, but that may be slow and
inconvenient.  However, improving that situation is a separate task.

I want to do some additional refactorization around selfuncs.c, but
that also seems like a separate task.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-11 21:26:14 -05:00
Michael Paquier ea92368cd1 Move max_wal_senders out of max_connections for connection slot handling
Since its introduction, max_wal_senders is counted as part of
max_connections when it comes to define how many connection slots can be
used for replication connections with a WAL sender context.  This can
lead to confusion for some users, as it could be possible to block a
base backup or replication from happening because other backend sessions
are already taken for other purposes by an application, and
superuser-only connection slots are not a correct solution to handle
that case.

This commit makes max_wal_senders independent of max_connections for its
handling of PGPROC entries in ProcGlobal, meaning that connection slots
for WAL senders are handled using their own free queue, like autovacuum
workers and bgworkers.

One compatibility issue that this change creates is that a standby now
requires to have a value of max_wal_senders at least equal to its
primary.  So, if a standby created enforces the value of
max_wal_senders to be lower than that, then this could break failovers.
Normally this should not be an issue though, as any settings of a
standby are inherited from its primary as postgresql.conf gets normally
copied as part of a base backup, so parameters would be consistent.

Author: Alexander Kukushkin
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Petr Jelínek, Masahiko Sawada, Oleksii
Kliukin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFh8B=nBzHQeYAu0b8fjK-AF1X4+_p6GRtwG+cCgs6Vci2uRuQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-12 10:07:56 +09:00
Tom Lane 1d92a0c9f7 Redesign the partition dependency mechanism.
The original setup for dependencies of partitioned objects had
serious problems:

1. It did not verify that a drop cascading to a partition-child object
also cascaded to at least one of the object's partition parents.  Now,
normally a child object would share all its dependencies with one or
another parent (e.g. a child index's opclass dependencies would be shared
with the parent index), so that this oversight is usually harmless.
But if some dependency failed to fit this pattern, the child could be
dropped while all its parents remain, creating a logically broken
situation.  (It's easy to construct artificial cases that break it,
such as attaching an unrelated extension dependency to the child object
and then dropping the extension.  I'm not sure if any less-artificial
cases exist.)

2. Management of partition dependencies during ATTACH/DETACH PARTITION
was complicated and buggy; for example, after detaching a partition
table it was possible to create cases where a formerly-child index
should be dropped and was not, because the correct set of dependencies
had not been reconstructed.

Less seriously, because multiple partition relationships were
represented identically in pg_depend, there was an order-of-traversal
dependency on which partition parent was cited in error messages.
We also had some pre-existing order-of-traversal hazards for error
messages related to internal and extension dependencies.  This is
cosmetic to users but causes testing problems.

To fix #1, add a check at the end of the partition tree traversal
to ensure that at least one partition parent got deleted.  To fix #2,
establish a new policy that partition dependencies are in addition to,
not instead of, a child object's usual dependencies; in this way
ATTACH/DETACH PARTITION need not cope with adding or removing the
usual dependencies.

To fix the cosmetic problem, distinguish between primary and secondary
partition dependency entries in pg_depend, by giving them different
deptypes.  (They behave identically except for having different
priorities for being cited in error messages.)  This means that the
former 'I' dependency type is replaced with new 'P' and 'S' types.

This also fixes a longstanding bug that after handling an internal
dependency by recursing to the owning object, findDependentObjects
did not verify that the current target was now scheduled for deletion,
and did not apply the current recursion level's objflags to it.
Perhaps that should be back-patched; but in the back branches it
would only matter if some concurrent transaction had removed the
internal-linkage pg_depend entry before the recursive call found it,
or the recursive call somehow failed to find it, both of which seem
unlikely.

Catversion bump because the contents of pg_depend change for
partitioning relationships.

Patch HEAD only.  It's annoying that we're not fixing #2 in v11,
but there seems no practical way to do so given that the problem
is exactly a poor choice of what entries to put in pg_depend.
We can't really fix that while staying compatible with what's
in pg_depend in existing v11 installations.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzkypv1R+teZrr71U23J578NnTBt2X8+Y=Odr4pOdW1rXg@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-11 14:41:17 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera c603b392c3 Fix misleading PG_RE_THROW commentary
The old verbiage indicated that PG_RE_THROW is optional, which is not
really true.  This has confused many people, so it seems worth fixing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190206160958.GA22304@alvherre.pgsql
2019-02-11 15:56:09 -03:00
Tom Lane a391ff3c3d Build out the planner support function infrastructure.
Add support function requests for estimating the selectivity, cost,
and number of result rows (if a SRF) of the target function.

The lack of a way to estimate selectivity of a boolean-returning
function in WHERE has been a recognized deficiency of the planner
since Berkeley days.  This commit finally fixes it.

In addition, non-constant estimates of cost and number of output
rows are now possible.  We still fall back to looking at procost
and prorows if the support function doesn't service the request,
of course.

To make concrete use of the possibility of estimating output rowcount
for SRFs, this commit adds support functions for array_unnest(anyarray)
and the integer variants of generate_series; the lack of plausible
rowcount estimates for those, even when it's obvious to a human,
has been a repeated subject of complaints.  Obviously, much more
could now be done in this line, but I'm mostly just trying to get
the infrastructure in place.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:32:23 -05:00
Tom Lane 1fb57af920 Create the infrastructure for planner support functions.
Rename/repurpose pg_proc.protransform as "prosupport".  The idea is
still that it names an internal function that provides knowledge to
the planner about the behavior of the function it's attached to;
but redesign the API specification so that it's not limited to doing
just one thing, but can support an extensible set of requests.

The original purpose of simplifying a function call is handled by
the first request type to be invented, SupportRequestSimplify.
Adjust all the existing transform functions to handle this API,
and rename them fron "xxx_transform" to "xxx_support" to reflect
the potential generalization of what they do.  (Since we never
previously provided any way for extensions to add transform functions,
this change doesn't create an API break for them.)

Also add DDL and pg_dump support for attaching a support function to a
user-defined function.  Unfortunately, DDL access has to be restricted
to superusers, at least for now; but seeing that support functions
will pretty much have to be written in C, that limitation is just
theoretical.  (This support is untested in this patch, but a follow-on
patch will add cases that exercise it.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15193.1548028093@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 18:08:48 -05:00
Tom Lane 1a8d5afb0d Refactor the representation of indexable clauses in IndexPaths.
In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses,
indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list
"indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes.  This holds basically the same
information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there
is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction
clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index
conditions) derived from it.

We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation,
if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list
is always directly usable as an index condition.  This gets rid of repeated
re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing
and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator
operator.  To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of
commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function
commute_restrictinfo().  For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause
properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before,
it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the
pretty-klugy original implementation did.

Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us
also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy
translation of the original.  This provides a cheap solution to getting
rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously
seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth.

Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows
index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing.

This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related
functions in a slightly messy state.  I didn't bother to change them
any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure,
because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in
a follow-on patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 17:30:43 -05:00
Andres Freund 317ffdfeaa Allow to reset execGrouping.c style tuple hashtables.
This has the advantage that the comparator expression, the table's
slot, etc do not have to be rebuilt. Additionally the simplehash.h
hashtable within the tuple hashtable now keeps its previous size and
doesn't need to be reallocated. That both reduces allocator overhead,
and improves performance in cases where the input estimation was off
by a significant factor.

To avoid an API/ABI break, the new parameter is exposed via the new
BuildTupleHashTableExt(), and BuildTupleHashTable() now is a wrapper
around the former, that continues to allocate the table itself in the
tablecxt.

Using this fixes performance issues discovered in the two bugs
referenced. This commit however has not converted the callers, that's
done in a separate commit.

Bug: #15592 #15486
Reported-By: Jakub Janeček, Dmitry Marakasov
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/15486-05850f065da42931@postgresql.org
    https://postgr.es/m/20190114180423.ywhdg2iagzvh43we@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11, this is a prerequisite for other fixes
2019-02-09 01:05:49 -08:00
Andres Freund 3b632a58e7 simplehash: Add support for resetting a hashtable's contents.
A hashtable reset just reset the hashtable entries, but does not free
memory.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114180423.ywhdg2iagzvh43we@alap3.anarazel.de
Bug: #15592 #15486
Backpatch: 11, this is a prerequisite for other fixes
2019-02-09 01:05:49 -08:00
Michael Paquier 3677a0b26b Add pg_partition_root to display top-most parent of a partition tree
This is useful when looking at partition trees with multiple layers, and
combined with pg_partition_tree, it provides the possibility to show up
an entire tree by just knowing one member at any level.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20181207014015.GP2407@paquier.xyz
2019-02-08 08:56:14 +09:00
Tom Lane 34ea1ab7fd Split create_foreignscan_path() into three functions.
Up to now postgres_fdw has been using create_foreignscan_path() to
generate not only base-relation paths, but also paths for foreign joins
and foreign upperrels.  This is wrong, because create_foreignscan_path()
calls get_baserel_parampathinfo() which will only do the right thing for
baserels.  It accidentally fails to fail for unparameterized paths, which
are the only ones postgres_fdw (thought it) was handling, but we really
need different APIs for the baserel and join cases.

In HEAD, the best thing to do seems to be to split up the baserel,
joinrel, and upperrel cases into three functions so that they can
have different APIs.  I haven't actually given create_foreign_join_path
a different API in this commit: we should spend a bit of time thinking
about just what we want to do there, since perhaps FDWs would want to
do something different from the build-up-a-join-pairwise approach that
get_joinrel_parampathinfo expects.  In the meantime, since postgres_fdw
isn't prepared to generate parameterized joins anyway, just give it a
defense against trying to plan joins with lateral refs.

In addition (and this is what triggered this whole mess) fix bug #15613
from Srinivasan S A, by teaching file_fdw and postgres_fdw that plain
baserel foreign paths still have outer refs if the relation has
lateral_relids.  Add some assertions in relnode.c to catch future
occurrences of the same error --- in particular, to catch other FDWs
doing that, but also as backstop against core-code mistakes like the
one fixed by commit bdd9a99aa.

Bug #15613 also needs to be fixed in the back branches, but the
appropriate fix will look quite a bit different there, since we don't
want to assume that existing FDWs get the word right away.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15613-092be1be9576c728@postgresql.org
2019-02-07 13:11:12 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 0c1f8f166c Use EXECUTE FUNCTION syntax for triggers more
Change pg_dump and ruleutils.c to use the FUNCTION keyword instead of
PROCEDURE in trigger and event trigger definitions.

This completes the pieces of the transition started in
0a63f996e0 that were kept out of
PostgreSQL 11 because of the required catversion change.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/381bef53-f7be-29c8-d977-948e389161d6@2ndquadrant.com
2019-02-07 09:21:34 +01:00
Andres Freund 171e0418b0 Fix heap_getattr() handling of fast defaults.
Previously heap_getattr() returned NULL for attributes with a fast
default value (c.f. 16828d5c02), as it had no handling whatsoever
for that case.

A previous fix, 7636e5c60f, attempted to fix issues caused by this
oversight, but just expanding OLD tuples for triggers doesn't actually
solve the underlying issue.

One known consequence of this bug is that the check for HOT updates
can return the wrong result, when a previously fast-default'ed column
is set to NULL. Which in turn means that an index over a column with
fast default'ed columns might be corrupt if the underlying column(s)
allow NULLs.

Fix by handling fast default columns in heap_getattr(), remove now
superfluous expansion in GetTupleForTrigger().

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190201162404.onngi77f26baem4g@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11, where fast defaults were introduced
2019-02-06 01:09:32 -08:00
Amit Kapila b0eaa4c51b Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations, take 2.
Previously, all heaps had FSMs. For very small tables, this means that the
FSM took up more space than the heap did. This is wasteful, so now we
refrain from creating the FSM for heaps with 4 pages or fewer. If the last
known target block has insufficient space, we still try to insert into some
other page before giving up and extending the relation, since doing
otherwise leads to table bloat. Testing showed that trying every page
penalized performance slightly, so we compromise and try every other page.
This way, we visit at most two pages. Any pages with wasted free space
become visible at next relation extension, so we still control table bloat.
As a bonus, directly attempting one or two pages can even be faster than
consulting the FSM would have been.

Once the FSM is created for a heap we don't remove it even if somebody
deletes all the rows from the corresponding relation.  We don't think it is
a useful optimization as it is quite likely that relation will again grow
to the same size.

Author: John Naylor, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Mithun C Y
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGWvB13PzpbLEecFuGFc5V2fsO736BsdTakPiPAcdMM5tQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-04 07:49:15 +05:30
Thomas Munro f1bebef60e Add shared_memory_type GUC.
Since 9.3 we have used anonymous shared mmap for our main shared memory
region, except in EXEC_BACKEND builds.  Provide a GUC so that users
can opt for System V shared memory once again, like in 9.2 and earlier.

A later patch proposes to add huge/large page support for AIX, which
requires System V shared memory and provided the motivation to revive
this possibility.  It may also be useful on some BSDs.

Author: Andres Freund (revived and documented by Thomas Munro)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/HE1PR0202MB28126DB4E0B6621CC6A1A91286D90%40HE1PR0202MB2812.eurprd02.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2AE143D2-87D3-4AD1-AC78-CE2258230C05%40FreeBSD.org
2019-02-03 12:47:26 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera 558d77f20e Renaming for new subscripting mechanism
Over at patch https://commitfest.postgresql.org/21/1062/ Dmitry wants to
introduce a more generic subscription mechanism, which allows
subscripting not only arrays but also other object types such as JSONB.
That functionality is introduced in a largish invasive patch, out of
which this internal renaming patch was extracted.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Arthur Zakirov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+q6zcUK4EqPAu7XRRO5CCjMwhz5zvg+rfWuLzVoxp_5sKS6=w@mail.gmail.com
2019-02-01 12:50:32 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut f60a0e9677 Add more columns to pg_stat_ssl
Add columns client_serial and issuer_dn to pg_stat_ssl.  These allow
uniquely identifying the client certificate.

Rename the existing column clientdn to client_dn, to make the naming
more consistent and easier to read.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/398754d8-6bb5-c5cf-e7b8-22e5f0983caf@2ndquadrant.com/
2019-02-01 00:33:47 +01:00
Tom Lane 5f5c014590 Allow RECORD and RECORD[] to be specified in function coldeflists.
We can't allow these pseudo-types to be used as table column types,
because storing an anonymous record value in a table would result
in data that couldn't be understood by other sessions.  However,
it seems like there's no harm in allowing the case in a column
definition list that's specifying what a function-returning-record
returns.  The data involved is all local to the current session,
so we should be just as able to resolve its actual tuple type as
we are for the function-returning-record's top-level tuple output.

Elvis Pranskevichus, with cosmetic changes by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11038447.kQ5A9Uj5xi@hammer.magicstack.net
2019-01-30 19:25:33 -05:00
Tom Lane fa2cf164aa Rename nodes/relation.h to nodes/pathnodes.h.
The old name of this file was never a very good indication of what it
was for.  Now that there's also access/relation.h, we have a potential
confusion hazard as well, so let's rename it to something more apropos.
Per discussion, "pathnodes.h" is reasonable, since a good fraction of
the file is Path node definitions.

While at it, tweak a couple of other headers that were gratuitously
importing relation.h into modules that don't need it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7719.1548688728@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 16:49:25 -05:00
Tom Lane f09346a9c6 Refactor planner's header files.
Create a new header optimizer/optimizer.h, which exposes just the
planner functions that can be used "at arm's length", without need
to access Paths or the other planner-internal data structures defined
in nodes/relation.h.  This is intended to provide the whole planner
API seen by most of the rest of the system; although FDWs still need
to use additional stuff, and more thought is also needed about just
what selfuncs.c should rely on.

The main point of doing this now is to limit the amount of new
#include baggage that will be needed by "planner support functions",
which I expect to introduce later, and which will be in relevant
datatype modules rather than anywhere near the planner.

This commit just moves relevant declarations into optimizer.h from
other header files (a couple of which go away because everything
got moved), and adjusts #include lists to match.  There's further
cleanup that could be done if we want to decide that some stuff
being exposed by optimizer.h doesn't belong in the planner at all,
but I'll leave that for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:48:51 -05:00
Tom Lane a1b8c41e99 Make some small planner API cleanups.
Move a few very simple node-creation and node-type-testing functions
from the planner's clauses.c to nodes/makefuncs and nodes/nodeFuncs.
There's nothing planner-specific about them, as evidenced by the
number of other places that were using them.

While at it, rename and_clause() etc to is_andclause() etc, to clarify
that they are node-type-testing functions not node-creation functions.
And use "static inline" implementations for the shortest ones.

Also, modify flatten_join_alias_vars() and some subsidiary functions
to take a Query not a PlannerInfo to define the join structure that
Vars should be translated according to.  They were only using the
"parse" field of the PlannerInfo anyway, so this just requires removing
one level of indirection.  The advantage is that now parse_agg.c can
use flatten_join_alias_vars() without the horrid kluge of creating an
incomplete PlannerInfo, which will allow that file to be decoupled from
relation.h in a subsequent patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11460.1548706639@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-29 15:26:44 -05:00
Andres Freund da05eb51de Fix LLVM related headers to compile standalone (to fix cpluspluscheck).
Previously llvmjit.h #error'ed when USE_LLVM was not defined, to
prevent it from being included from code not having #ifdef USE_LLVM
guards - but that's not actually that useful after, during the
development of JIT support, LLVM related code was moved into a
separately compiled .so.  Having that #error means cpluspluscheck
doesn't work when llvm support isn't enabled, which isn't great.

Similarly add USE_LLVM guards to llvmjit_emit.h, and additionally make
sure it compiles standalone.

Per complaint from Tom Lane.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/19808.1548692361@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 11, where JIT support was added
2019-01-28 18:05:52 -08:00
Tom Lane 4be058fe9e In the planner, replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE.
The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a
thorn in the side of the planner.  It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query
that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner
generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query
would have an empty relid set if we flattened it.  prepjointree.c contains
some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but
there is a much better answer.  We can replace an empty FROM clause with a
dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there
are no such corner cases to worry about.  Instead we need some logic to
get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases
than what was there before.

For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and
nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a
noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not
that much for the planner to do overall.  However testing says that the
penalty is very small, close to the noise level.  In more complex queries,
this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before.

The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it
gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT
expression" query before).  To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath
path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate
grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row.
(It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different
rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.)

Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion
bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules,
only plans.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-28 17:54:23 -05:00
Andres Freund 5c11867512 Install JIT related headers.
There's no reason not to install these, and jit.h can be useful for
users of e.g. planner hooks.

Author: Donald Dong
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/296D405F-7F95-49F1-B565-389D6AA78505@csumb.edu
Backpatch: 11-, where JIT compilation was introduced
2019-01-28 13:51:12 -08:00
Amit Kapila a23676503b Revert "Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations."
This reverts commit ac88d2962a.
2019-01-28 11:31:44 +05:30
Amit Kapila ac88d2962a Avoid creation of the free space map for small heap relations.
Previously, all heaps had FSMs. For very small tables, this means that the
FSM took up more space than the heap did. This is wasteful, so now we
refrain from creating the FSM for heaps with 4 pages or fewer. If the last
known target block has insufficient space, we still try to insert into some
other page before giving up and extending the relation, since doing
otherwise leads to table bloat. Testing showed that trying every page
penalized performance slightly, so we compromise and try every other page.
This way, we visit at most two pages. Any pages with wasted free space
become visible at next relation extension, so we still control table bloat.
As a bonus, directly attempting one or two pages can even be faster than
consulting the FSM would have been.

Once the FSM is created for a heap we don't remove it even if somebody
deletes all the rows from the corresponding relation.  We don't think it is
a useful optimization as it is quite likely that relation will again grow
to the same size.

Author: John Naylor with design inputs and some code contribution by Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Tested-by: Mithun C Y
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGWvB13PzpbLEecFuGFc5V2fsO736BsdTakPiPAcdMM5tQ@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-28 08:14:06 +05:30
Andres Freund a9c35cf85c Change function call information to be variable length.
Before this change FunctionCallInfoData, the struct arguments etc for
V1 function calls are stored in, always had space for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS/100 arguments, storing datums and their nullness in two
arrays.  For nearly every function call 100 arguments is far more than
needed, therefore wasting memory. Arg and argnull being two separate
arrays also guarantees that to access a single argument, two
cachelines have to be touched.

Change the layout so there's a single variable-length array with pairs
of value / isnull. That drastically reduces memory consumption for
most function calls (on x86-64 a two argument function now uses
64bytes, previously 936 bytes), and makes it very likely that argument
value and its nullness are on the same cacheline.

Arguments are stored in a new NullableDatum struct, which, due to
padding, needs more memory per argument than before. But as usually
far fewer arguments are stored, and individual arguments are cheaper
to access, that's still a clear win.  It's likely that there's other
places where conversion to NullableDatum arrays would make sense,
e.g. TupleTableSlots, but that's for another commit.

Because the function call information is now variable-length
allocations have to take the number of arguments into account. For
heap allocations that can be done with SizeForFunctionCallInfoData(),
for on-stack allocations there's a new LOCAL_FCINFO(name, nargs) macro
that helps to allocate an appropriately sized and aligned variable.

Some places with stack allocation function call information don't know
the number of arguments at compile time, and currently variably sized
stack allocations aren't allowed in postgres. Therefore allow for
FUNC_MAX_ARGS space in these cases. They're not that common, so for
now that seems acceptable.

Because of the need to allocate FunctionCallInfo of the appropriate
size, older extensions may need to update their code. To avoid subtle
breakages, the FunctionCallInfoData struct has been renamed to
FunctionCallInfoBaseData. Most code only references FunctionCallInfo,
so that shouldn't cause much collateral damage.

This change is also a prerequisite for more efficient expression JIT
compilation (by allocating the function call information on the stack,
allowing LLVM to optimize it away); previously the size of the call
information caused problems inside LLVM's optimizer.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180605172952.x34m5uz6ju6enaem@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-26 14:17:52 -08:00
Michael Paquier c9b75c5838 Simplify restriction handling of two-phase commit for temporary objects
There were two flags used to track the access to temporary tables and
to the temporary namespace of a session which are used to restrict
PREPARE TRANSACTION, however the first control flag is a concept
included in the second.  This removes the flag for temporary table
tracking, keeping around only the one at namespace level.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190118053126.GH1883@paquier.xyz
2019-01-26 10:45:23 +09:00
Tom Lane 18c0da88a5 Split QTW_EXAMINE_RTES flag into QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE/_AFTER.
This change allows callers of query_tree_walker() to choose whether
to visit an RTE before or after visiting the contents of the RTE
(i.e., prefix or postfix tree order).  All existing users of
QTW_EXAMINE_RTES want the QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_BEFORE behavior, but
an upcoming patch will want QTW_EXAMINE_RTES_AFTER, and it seems
like a potentially useful change on its own.

Andreas Karlsson (extracted from CTE inlining patch)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8810.1542402910@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-25 17:09:45 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 7c079d7417 Allow generalized expression syntax for partition bounds
Previously, only literals were allowed.  This change allows general
expressions, including functions calls, which are evaluated at the
time the DDL command is executed.

Besides offering some more functionality, it simplifies the parser
structures and removes some inconsistencies in how the literals were
handled.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane, Amit Langote
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9f88b5e0-6da2-5227-20d0-0d7012beaa1c@lab.ntt.co.jp/
2019-01-25 11:28:49 +01:00
Michael Paquier 289198c0d9 Remove argument isprimary from index_build()
The flag was introduced in 3fdeb18, but f66e8bf actually forgot to
finish the cleanup as index_update_stats() has simplified its
interface.

Author: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190122080852.GB3873@paquier.xyz
2019-01-24 07:57:09 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas 95931133a9 Fix misc typos in comments.
Spotted mostly by Fabien Coelho.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/alpine.DEB.2.21.1901230947050.16643@lancre
2019-01-23 13:39:00 +02:00
Andres Freund 346ed70b0a Rename RelationData.rd_amroutine to rd_indam.
The upcoming table AM support makes rd_amroutine to generic, as its
only about index AMs. The new name makes that clear, and is shorter to
boot.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:36:55 -08:00
Andres Freund c91560defc Move remaining code from tqual.[ch] to heapam.h / heapam_visibility.c.
Given these routines are heap specific, and that there will be more
generic visibility support in via table AM, it makes sense to move the
prototypes to heapam.h (routines like HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum will
not be exposed in a generic fashion, because they are too storage
specific).

Similarly, the code in tqual.c is specific to heap, so moving it into
access/heap/ makes sense.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:07:10 -08:00
Andres Freund b7eda3e0e3 Move generic snapshot related code from tqual.h to snapmgr.h.
The code in tqual.c is largely heap specific. Due to the upcoming
pluggable storage work, it therefore makes sense to move it into
access/heap/ (as the file's header notes, the tqual name isn't very
good).

But the various statically allocated snapshot and snapshot
initialization functions are now (see previous commit) generic and do
not depend on functions declared in tqual.h anymore. Therefore move.
Also move XidInMVCCSnapshot as that's useful for future AMs, and
already used outside of tqual.c.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 17:06:41 -08:00
Andres Freund 63746189b2 Change snapshot type to be determined by enum rather than callback.
This is in preparation for allowing the same snapshot be used for
different table AMs. With the current callback based approach we would
need one callback for each supported AM, which clearly would not be
extensible.  Thus add a new Snapshot->snapshot_type field, and move
the dispatch into HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() (which is now a
function). Later work will then dispatch calls to
HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility() and other AMs visibility functions
depending on the type of the table.  The central SnapshotType enum
also seems like a good location to centralize documentation about the
intended behaviour of various types of snapshots.

As tqual.h isn't included by bufmgr.h any more (as HeapTupleSatisfies*
isn't referenced by TestForOldSnapshot() anymore) a few files now need
to include it directly.

Author: Andres Freund, loosely based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
    https://postgr.es/m/20160812231527.GA690404@alvherre.pgsql
2019-01-21 17:03:15 -08:00
Tom Lane ee27584c4a Second try at fixing ecpglib thread-safety problem.
While Windows (allegedly) has _configthreadlocale() pretty far back,
it seems MinGW didn't acquire support for that till more recently.
Fortunately, we can use an autoconf probe on that toolchain,
instead of guessing whether it's there.  (Hm, I wonder whether Cygwin
will need this also.)

Per buildfarm.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190121193512.tdmcnic2yjxlufaw@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 16:17:10 -05:00
Andres Freund e7cc78ad43 Remove superfluous tqual.h includes.
Most of these had been obsoleted by 568d4138c / the SnapshotNow
removal.

This is is preparation for moving most of tqual.[ch] into either
snapmgr.h or heapam.h, which in turn is in preparation for pluggable
table AMs.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 12:15:02 -08:00
Andres Freund 4b21acf522 Introduce access/{table.h, relation.h}, for generic functions from heapam.h.
access/heapam contains functions that are very storage specific (say
heap_insert() and a lot of lower level functions), and fairly generic
infrastructure like relation_open(), heap_open() etc.  In the upcoming
pluggable storage work we're introducing a layer between table
accesses in general and heapam, to allow for different storage
methods. For a bit cleaner separation it thus seems advantageous to
move generic functions like the aforementioned to their own headers.

access/relation.h will contain relation_open() etc, and access/table.h
will contain table_open() (formerly known as heap_open()). I've decided
for table.h not to include relation.h, but we might change that at a
later stage.

relation.h already exists in another directory, but the other
plausible name (rel.h) also conflicts. It'd be nice if there were a
non-conflicting name, but nobody came up with a suggestion. It's
possible that the appropriate way to address the naming conflict would
be to rename nodes/relation.h, which isn't particularly well named.

To avoid breaking a lot of extensions that just use heap_open() etc,
table.h has macros mapping the old names to the new ones, and heapam.h
includes relation, table.h.  That also allows to keep the
bulk renaming of existing callers in a separate commit.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190111000539.xbv7s6w7ilcvm7dp@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-21 10:51:36 -08:00
Tom Lane 8eb4a9312c Avoid thread-safety problem in ecpglib.
ecpglib attempts to force the LC_NUMERIC locale to "C" while reading
server output, to avoid problems with strtod() and related functions.
Historically it's just issued setlocale() calls to do that, but that
has major problems if we're in a threaded application.  setlocale()
itself is not required by POSIX to be thread-safe (and indeed is not,
on recent OpenBSD).  Moreover, its effects are process-wide, so that
we could cause unexpected results in other threads, or another thread
could change our setting.

On platforms having uselocale(), which is required by POSIX:2008,
we can avoid these problems by using uselocale() instead.  Windows
goes its own way as usual, but we can make it safe by using
_configthreadlocale().  Platforms having neither continue to use the
old code, but that should be pretty much nobody among current systems.

This should get back-patched, but let's see what the buildfarm
thinks of it first.

Michael Meskes and Tom Lane; thanks also to Takayuki Tsunakawa.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31420.1547783697@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-21 12:07:02 -05:00
Tomas Vondra 31f3817402 Allow COPY FROM to filter data using WHERE conditions
Extends the COPY FROM command with a WHERE condition, which allows doing
various types of filtering while importing the data (random sampling,
condition on a data column, etc.).  Until now such filtering required
either preprocessing of the input data, or importing all data and then
filtering in the database. COPY FROM ... WHERE is an easy-to-use and
low-overhead alternative for most simple cases.

Author: Surafel Temesgen
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Masahiko Sawada, Lim Myungkyu
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CALAY4q_DdpWDuB5-Zyi-oTtO2uSk8pmy+dupiRe3AvAc++1imA@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-20 00:22:14 +01:00
Magnus Hagander 0301db623d Replace @postgresql.org with @lists.postgresql.org for mailinglists
Commit c0d0e54084 replaced the ones in the documentation, but missed out
on the ones in the code. Replace those as well, but unlike c0d0e54084,
don't backpatch the code changes to avoid breaking translations.
2019-01-19 19:06:35 +01:00
Tom Lane 69bcd718df Use our own getopt() on OpenBSD.
Recent OpenBSD (at least 5.9 and up) has a version of getopt(3)
that will not cope with the "-:" spec we use to accept double-dash
options in postgres.c and postmaster.c.  Admittedly, that's a hack
because POSIX only requires getopt() to allow alphanumeric option
characters.  I have no desire to find another way, however, so
let's just do what we were already doing on Solaris: force use
of our own src/port/getopt.c implementation.

In passing, improve some of the comments around said implementation.

Per buildfarm and local testing.  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30197.1547835700@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-18 15:06:26 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 03afae201f Move CloneForeignKeyConstraints to tablecmds.c
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code to create a clone of a
foreign key to a partition, but I put it in pg_constraint.c because it
was too close to the contents of the pg_constraint row.  With the
previous commit that split out the constraint tuple deconstruction into
its own routine, it makes more sense to have the FK-cloning function in
tablecmds.c, mostly because its static subroutine can then be used by a
future bugfix.

My initial posting of this patch had this routine as static in
tablecmds.c, but sadly this function is already part of the Postgres 11
ABI as exported from pg_constraint.c, so keep it as exported also just
to avoid breaking any possible users of it.
2019-01-18 15:00:06 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 0080396dad Refactor duplicate code into DeconstructFkConstraintRow
My commit 3de241dba8 introduced some code (in tablecmds.c) to obtain
data from a pg_constraint row for a foreign key, that already existed in
ri_triggers.c.  Split it out into its own routine in pg_constraint.c,
where it naturally belongs.

No functional code changes, only code movement.

Backpatch to pg11, because a future bugfix is simpler after this.
2019-01-18 14:59:44 -03:00
Michael Paquier c5660e0aa5 Restrict the use of temporary namespace in two-phase transactions
Attempting to use a temporary table within a two-phase transaction is
forbidden for ages.  However, there have been uncovered grounds for
a couple of other object types and commands which work on temporary
objects with two-phase commit.  In short, trying to create, lock or drop
an object on a temporary schema should not be authorized within a
two-phase transaction, as it would cause its state to create
dependencies with other sessions, causing all sorts of side effects with
the existing session or other sessions spawned later on trying to use
the same temporary schema name.

Regression tests are added to cover all the grounds found, the original
report mentioned function creation, but monitoring closer there are many
other patterns with LOCK, DROP or CREATE EXTENSION which are involved.
One of the symptoms resulting in combining both is that the session
which used the temporary schema is not able to shut down completely,
waiting for being able to drop the temporary schema, something that it
cannot complete because of the two-phase transaction involved with
temporary objects.  In this case the client is able to disconnect but
the session remains alive on the backend-side, potentially blocking
connection backend slots from being used.  Other problems reported could
also involve server crashes.

This is back-patched down to v10, which is where 9b013dc has introduced
MyXactFlags, something that this patch relies on.

Reported-by: Alexey Bashtanov
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5d910e2e-0db8-ec06-dd5f-baec420513c3@imap.cc
Backpatch-through: 10
2019-01-18 09:21:44 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera d723f56872 Reorganize planner code moved in b60c397599
It seems modules are better defined like this instead of the original
split.

Per complaints from David Rowley as well as Amit Langote's self review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f988rsyhwvLgfT-y1UCYUfXDOv67ENQk=v24OxhsZOzZw@mail.gmail.com
2019-01-16 16:27:44 -03:00
Andres Freund 285d8e1205 Move vacuumlazy.c into access/heap.
It's heap table storage specific code that can't realistically be
generalized into table AM agnostic code.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20180703070645.wchpu5muyto5n647@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-15 12:06:19 -08:00
Tom Lane 1c53c4dec3 Finish reverting "recheck_on_update" patch.
This reverts commit c203d6cf8 and some follow-on fixes, completing the
task begun in commit 5d28c9bd7.  If that feature is ever resurrected,
the code will look quite a bit different from this, so it seems best
to start from a clean slate.

The v11 branch is not touched; in that branch, the recheck_on_update
storage option remains present, but nonfunctional and undocumented.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114223409.3tcvejfhlvbucrv5@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-15 12:07:10 -05:00
Andres Freund 0944ec54de Don't include genam.h from execnodes.h and relscan.h anymore.
This is the genam.h equivalent of 4c850ecec6 (which removed
heapam.h from a lot of other headers).  There's still a few header
includes of genam.h, but not from central headers anymore.

As a few headers are not indirectly included anymore, execnodes.h and
relscan.h need a few additional includes. Some of the depended on
types were replacable by using the underlying structs, but e.g. for
Snapshot in execnodes.h that'd have gotten more invasive than
reasonable in this commit.

Like the aforementioned commit 4c850ecec6, this requires adding new
genam.h includes to a number of backend files, which likely is also
required in a few external projects.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 17:02:12 -08:00
Andres Freund 774a975c9a Make naming of tupdesc related structs more consistent with the rest of PG.
We usually don't change the name of structs between the struct name
itself and the name of the typedef. Additionally, structs that are
usually used via a typedef that hides being a pointer, are commonly
suffixed Data.  Change tupdesc code to follow those convention.

This is triggered by a future patch that intends to forward declare
TupleDescData in another header - keeping with the naming scheme makes
that easier to understand.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 16:25:50 -08:00
Andres Freund e451dd5521 Remove too generically named MissingPtr typedef.
As there's only a single user of the typedef in the entire codebase,
just use the underlying struct directly.

Per complaint from Alvaro Herrera

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201901141836.oxtm4uzc63j3@alvherre.pgsql
2019-01-14 16:25:50 -08:00
Andres Freund 4c850ecec6 Don't include heapam.h from others headers.
heapam.h previously was included in a number of widely used
headers (e.g. execnodes.h, indirectly in executor.h, ...). That's
problematic on its own, as heapam.h contains a lot of low-level
details that don't need to be exposed that widely, but becomes more
problematic with the upcoming introduction of pluggable table storage
- it seems inappropriate for heapam.h to be included that widely
afterwards.

heapam.h was largely only included in other headers to get the
HeapScanDesc typedef (which was defined in heapam.h, even though
HeapScanDescData is defined in relscan.h). The better solution here
seems to be to just use the underlying struct (forward declared where
necessary). Similar for BulkInsertState.

Another problem was that LockTupleMode was used in executor.h - parts
of the file tried to cope without heapam.h, but due to the fact that
it indirectly included it, several subsequent violations of that goal
were not not noticed. We could just reuse the approach of declaring
parameters as int, but it seems nicer to move LockTupleMode to
lockoptions.h - that's not a perfect location, but also doesn't seem
bad.

As a number of files relied on implicitly included heapam.h, a
significant number of files grew an explicit include. It's quite
probably that a few external projects will need to do the same.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190114000701.y4ttcb74jpskkcfb@alap3.anarazel.de
2019-01-14 16:24:41 -08:00
Tom Lane 1db5667bac Avoid sharing PARAM_EXEC slots between different levels of NestLoop.
Up to now, createplan.c attempted to share PARAM_EXEC slots for
NestLoopParams across different plan levels, if the same underlying Var
was being fed down to different righthand-side subplan trees by different
NestLoops.  This was, I think, more of an artifact of using subselect.c's
PlannerParamItem infrastructure than an explicit design goal, but anyway
that was the end result.

This works well enough as long as the plan tree is executing synchronously,
but the feature whereby Gather can execute the parallelized subplan locally
breaks it.  An upper NestLoop node might execute for a row retrieved from
a parallel worker, and assign a value for a PARAM_EXEC slot from that row,
while the leader's copy of the parallelized subplan is suspended with a
different active value of the row the Var comes from.  When control
eventually returns to the leader's subplan, it gets the wrong answers if
the same PARAM_EXEC slot is being used within the subplan, as reported
in bug #15577 from Bartosz Polnik.

This is pretty reminiscent of the problem fixed in commit 46c508fbc, and
the proper fix seems to be the same: don't try to share PARAM_EXEC slots
across different levels of controlling NestLoop nodes.

This requires decoupling NestLoopParam handling from PlannerParamItem
handling, although the logic remains somewhat similar.  To avoid bizarre
division of labor between subselect.c and createplan.c, I decided to move
all the param-slot-assignment logic for both cases out of those files
and put it into a new file paramassign.c.  Hopefully it's a bit better
documented now, too.

A regression test case for this might be nice, but we don't know a
test case that triggers the problem with a suitably small amount
of data.

Back-patch to 9.6 where we added Gather nodes.  It's conceivable that
related problems exist in older branches; but without some evidence
for that, I'll leave the older branches alone.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15577-ca61ab18904af852@postgresql.org
2019-01-11 15:54:06 -05:00
Tom Lane eaf0380ecc Fix C++ compile failures in headers.
Avoid using "typeid" as a parameter name in header files, since that
is a C++ keyword.  These cases were introduced recently, in 04fe805a1
and 586b98fdf.

Since I'm an incurable neatnik, also rename these parameters in the
underlying function definitions.  That's not really necessary per
project rules, but I don't like function declarations that don't
quite agree with the underlying definitions.

Per src/tools/pginclude/cpluspluscheck.
2019-01-10 14:07:01 -05:00
Tom Lane a968d54c5d Remove unnecessary #include.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4380.1547143967@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-10 13:38:02 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera b60c397599 Move inheritance expansion code into its own file
This commit moves expand_inherited_tables and underlings from
optimizer/prep/prepunionc.c to optimizer/utils/inherit.c.
Also, all of the AppendRelInfo-based expression manipulation routines
are moved to optimizer/utils/appendinfo.c.

No functional code changes.  One exception is the introduction of
make_append_rel_info, but that's still just moving around code.

Also, stop including <limits.h> in prepunion.c, which no longer needs
it since 3fc6e2d7f5.  I (Álvaro) noticed this because Amit was copying
that to inherit.c, which likewise doesn't need it.

Author: Amit Langote
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3be67028-a00a-502c-199a-da00eec8fb6e@lab.ntt.co.jp
2019-01-10 14:54:31 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera 6260cc550b pgbench: add \cset and \gset commands
These commands allow assignment of values produced by queries to pgbench
variables, where they can be used by further commands.  \gset terminates
a command sequence (just like a bare semicolon); \cset separates
multiple queries in a compound command, like an escaped semicolon (\;).
A prefix can be provided to the \-command and is prepended to the name
of each output column to produce the final variable name.

This feature allows pgbench scripts to react meaningfully to the actual
database contents, allowing more powerful benchmarks to be written.

Authors: Fabien Coelho, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <Langote_Amit_f8@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost <sfrost@snowman.net>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii <ishii@sraoss.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Rafia Sabih <rafia.sabih@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1607091005330.3412@sto
2019-01-10 13:42:20 -03:00
Tom Lane c64d0cd5ce Use perfect hashing, instead of binary search, for keyword lookup.
We've been speculating for a long time that hash-based keyword lookup
ought to be faster than binary search, but up to now we hadn't found
a suitable tool for generating the hash function.  Joerg Sonnenberger
provided the inspiration, and sample code, to show us that rolling our
own generator wasn't a ridiculous idea.  Hence, do that.

The method used here requires a lookup table of approximately 4 bytes
per keyword, but that's less than what we saved in the predecessor commit
afb0d0712, so it's not a big problem.  The time savings is indeed
significant: preliminary testing suggests that the total time for raw
parsing (flex + bison phases) drops by ~20%.

Patch by me, but it owes its existence to Joerg Sonnenberger;
thanks also to John Naylor for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190103163340.GA15803@britannica.bec.de
2019-01-09 19:47:46 -05:00
Tom Lane 8ff5f824dc Reduce the size of the fmgr_builtin_oid_index[] array.
This index array was originally defined to have 10000 entries (ranging
up to FirstGenbkiObjectId), but we really only need entries up to the
last existing builtin function OID, currently 6121.  That saves close
to 8K of never-accessed space in the server executable, at the small
price of one more fetch in fmgr_isbuiltin().

We could reduce the array size still further by renumbering a few of
the highest-numbered builtin functions; but there's a small risk of
breaking clients that have chosen to hardwire those function OIDs,
so it's not clear if it'd be worth the trouble.  (We should, however,
discourage future patches from choosing function OIDs above 6K as long
as there's still lots of space below that.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12359.1547063064@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-09 15:22:43 -05:00